Chapter 50 – In The Dirt

December 9, 2024

Lisica Chapters

Thanks for joining us for the fourth and final volume of our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is lisica-cover-webpage.png

Audio for this episode:

50 – In The Dirt

Amy disentangles herself from the forest and stumbles out into the clearing. It’s been days. She hasn’t eaten or slept or even really looked up in that entire time.

Now she’s starving.

But where is she? At the edge of a grove of incense cedar and sugar pines, a nearly alpine environment. Facing southwest to judge from the light behind the clouds. The day after a big storm that she only dimly recalls… Amy opens a grimy hand before her, needing food and shelter. Where is everyone else?

She opens her mouth and a ragged moan emerges. Not what she expected. Amy expected words. But what kind of words? She has gotten by without words for days now. What does she need to say?

Shambling forward, she has no energy left in her limbs. Amy is spent, as if she’s the one giving birth.

Her vision swims. The land tilts like a pitching sea. She reaches out to the rough bark of a pine to steady herself.

Eyes watch her. Beady eyes. Familiar. But not the fox she’s been attending. This is another. Amy opens her mouth again. “Lisica.”

The fox chirps and bounds ahead, leading her from this place.

Amy shuffles after.

Moments later she finds herself approaching a small, level clearing. Morska Vidra is here, collecting limbs and bark in piles. He works with simple efficiency, stripping the logs and pulling the bark from the wood. He doesn’t look up when she arrives until his fox interrupts him.

Amy and Morska Vidra stare at each other for a long moment. Finally she collapses to the ground, leaning back against a rotting log. The old man only watches her. Finally he goes back to what he was doing, turning his back on her as if she isn’t even there.

Amy watches him, exhaustion keeping her head empty of thought. Finally, his fox nudges her fingertips with his cold nose. She looks down. The little creature has dragged a leaf-wrapped bundle to her. Some of Morska Vidra’s own food? Yes, a couple knobs of fungus wrapped in aromatic leaves. She nibbles at one.

Ha. Chanterelles. Starving in style, she is.

“Thank you…” Amy croaks, nodding at the fox. She looks deeply at the small mammal for the first time, able to now distinguish this fox from the one she’s been helping. This fellow is sleek and handsome compared to the distended belly and matted fur of the vixen. And he has a very… intense look in his eye. Is that the word? More intentional, rather than intense. There is a will behind those glittering black orbs, a busy mind with a long to-do list.

“She…” Amy addresses Morska Vidra, trailing off after just the first word. But he can tell she wants to say more so with a glance over his shoulder he encourages her.

She marshals her strength and tries again. “She… isn’t ready yet. To give birth.”

Morska Vidra says something philosophical to the treetops. Then he tosses the branch he holds onto a pile and approaches Amy. With stirring words, he tells her that her work isn’t done yet. That must be what he means, isn’t it?

Amy struggles to her feet, to indicate her own self-reliance. Show Morska Vidra who he’s dealing with. All that strength she normally dislikes has come in handy over the last few days. But he is still not on her side, it’s plain to see. And she’s wavering again. Perhaps she needs to give him a proper Bontiik before she can—

Morska Vidra barks at her, like a coach enouraging a runner to kick through the finish line. He grabs her roughly, his hand twisting her clothes at her belt buckle, pinching her skin. He pulls her close.

Morska Vidra continues, slamming the length of her body against his own in a rhythmic chant. His eyes snap with vitality. She can do nothing but hang on, gasping with each collision. He leans in and blows a thin stream of air into Amy’s open mouth.

She is helpless in his grasp. But she doesn’t tear herself away. Amy can tell it’s all done for her benefit. It doesn’t feel like assault. It is more intimate than sex, mixing their breaths like this, having him shake her so hard it’s like he’s trying to knock the dirt off the roots of this old weed he’s pulled up. But it’s working. His vitality is spreading into her.

The fox barks cheerily from her rotten log. Amy stares deep into Morska Vidra’s eyes. Ahh. She understands now. This was the last piece of the puzzle she needed to find. Now she can heal the vixen and let her give birth in peace. A palpable life force washes through this landscape. Not easily accessed, but now that she’s broken through she can feel it everywhere. She can hear the plants talking.

This is what the mama fox needed. Not her surgical procedures, but this greater aid, this appeal to the island itself. Amy has finally found the version of Shinto that Lisica practices, here in this old man’s embrace. He has shaken the modernity right out of her. She can hear the old music again.

“I have to… get back.” Amy finally steps away from Morska Vidra, dropping her eyes. “Thank you, master.” She reflexively bows deeply, something she hasn’t done in decades. But it sure seems fitting here. She turns to the fox, who watches her with bright eyes. “And you’re the daddy, aren’t you?” Amy scritches him behind the ears. “Don’t worry. I’ll keep her safe.”

Ξ

Pradeep stands on a green hillock searching the hillside. A brief shower sheds water onto him, then passes. He hardly feels it.

And then it happens. The hours he’s spent visualizing her form materializing from behind the trees actually occurs, just as he thought it would. At first, he doubts what he sees because he’s already seen it with his heart so many times already. Her blue coat and black headscarf. Her white shoes.

Then Maahjabeen sees Pradeep. A sob bursts from her and now she’s running down the slope to him, arms out.

He opens his own arms in wonder, striding toward her. Nobody has ever loved him like this. He is speechless. She slams against him, her heat and heft and heart all hitting him solidly in the chest. “Nobody…” He needs to tell her. But instead she covers his mouth with hers in a kiss. She drags at him, pulling him so fiercely close their teeth cut their lips. They taste each other’s blood and tears.

“What did you do?” He wraps her tight and asks the air behind her. “How did you rescue me?”

“It wasn’t me,” Maahjabeen answers, turning them so he can see the figure waiting at the edge of the woods. “She did it all.”

“Is that a child? Who is that?”

“Her name is Xaanach.” The little girl stands doubtfully, nearly shy, beside a thicket, plucking at one of the leaves. But she watches the two lovers with a sullen intensity.

“Ah! She’s the one who led Miriam and Mandy to Jay and me. And didn’t she rescue Flavia?”

“Oh, I think you’re right.” Maahjabeen kisses him again, unable to stop. “She led me to Wetchie-ghuy’s hut but she wouldn’t let me go in. Maybe I was just there to give her the courage to do it.”

“Do what?”

“Release your spirit.”

“Yeah, Katrina said you went…” Pradeep searches for the way to say this. “You thought you could get back from Wetchie-ghuy…?”

Maahjabeen pulls back and makes a gesture with her hands, of one shooting up out of the other and spreading into a flower. “This is the gesture Xaanach kept using after we ran away. And she cast a clay jar into the bushes. That’s where he kept it.”

Pradeep shakes his head in disbelief. “Strangest thing. It did feel very much like something essential within me was missing. And now it’s back. But I don’t know… In hindsight it seems very silly, the idea that he could attack me on some mystical level. You know, Flavia thinks his drugs just wore off. And that’s all my—”

“Yes, Flavia is a fool.” Maahjabeen snorts.

“He did cast some kind of spell on me. But I don’t care what the answer is right now. I am just so glad to have my babi back.”

“Mahbub.”

They kiss for a long time, their hands roaming each other’s bodies, her fingers in his hair. After a timeless span they break apart to find that Xaanach has drawn close and waits at their elbows, studying their intimacy.

“Oh, hello.” Pradeep smiles at the child. She is a creature of the wilderness, with mossy bits of forest stuck in her hair and hanging from her neck and wrists. “Maahjabeen says it’s you I have to thank for my… my return to health. So thank you. I am glad that Wetchie-ghuy no longer has a hold on me.”

At the mention of Wetchie-ghuy, Xaanach eagerly crosses her eyes and sticks out her tongue. Then she hisses, “Wetchie-ghuy. Nák. Wetchie-ghuy chán.”

Pradeep takes a deep breath. “It’s true. He did have his claim on me. But it’s gone now. That chain has snapped. You’ve made me free again. Thanks again. A million times.”

Maahjabeen allows herself to relax her fighting stance. She did it. She got Pradeep back. Now she can think of other things again. The sea. “Mahbub. Now that you are whole again. If you are up for it, we can transport the kayaks to the sea cave. Then you and I can live there. We still have ten days. Maybe nine. Just you and me.” She kisses him again.

Pradeep kisses her in return. “I want nothing more.”

Ξ

“Yes? What did you want to talk to me about?” Alonso looks at both Katrina and Esquibel, standing together but apart, turned away from each other with their arms folded. That’s not a good sign. And they asked him to leave pine camp to have this private discussion. What in the world is happening now?

“Please, Alonso. Have a seat.” Esquibel has rigged a small pier on the creek, jutting out a meter from the bank. “You can soak your feet in the cold water as we talk.”

“That does sound nice. But are we sure it won’t invite an attack from the bad guys across the water?”

“Well… In a sense… That is what we are here to discuss. Please, Doctor. Just let me help with your sandals and…”

“Ahh.” Alonso settles, the shock of the icy water robbing him of the dull pain. “You are an angel, Doctor Daine. Both of you. Angels straight from Heaven.” But halfway through his heartfelt statement he can tell it’s the wrong thing to say.

Esquibel steps back, a smile quivering on her lips.

“Are you going to tell him or should I?” Katrina hasn’t moved, still standing at a distance with her arms crossed.

“No.” The word is quick from Esquibel, accompanied by a raised hand and a half-step forward. What is it she doesn’t want Katrina to tell Alonso? “I… ehhh… Doctor Alonso, I wear many hats here.”

“Yes, Doctor Daine. We all do. And as far as I can tell, we’ve all done a pretty good job wearing them, in our many roles…”

“Including spy?” Katrina spits out the word.

“Spy…?” Alonso frowns.

“No, not spy,” Esquibel quickly corrects. “Not the way that you are thinking. More like hacker maybe. And I’m acting under direct orders from the good guys. I promise you. My orders come directly from Colonel Baitgie himself.”

“Yes, I know they do.” Alonso looks from one woman to the other. “So she is spying? On the Lisicans? What is the problem?”

Esquibel presses her mouth into a line and shakes her head. This is hard. “It is the Japanese.”

“Eh? From World War Two?” Alonso is surprised by the sudden turn in the conversation. He can’t make sense of any of this.

Esquibel only shakes her head no again.

Katrina prompts her. “She gave one of their spies a USB stick a few nights ago, didn’t you?”

“Wait, who?” Alonso stirs, turning from his contemplation of the creek’s dark currents to study both of their faces. Katrina is irate, Esquibel besieged. “What are you talking about?”

“The Japanese are our allies,” Esquibel explains. “There is no real danger in sharing…”

“Sharing what? What did you give them?”

Belatedly, Esquibel realizes Alonso will be far more upset about what was shared than with whom. She shrugs, trying to figure out a way to disarm this bomb before it’s too late.

But he is too smart to be forestalled. “Plexity?” His voice rises into a whine. But the second time he asks it ends in a roar. “Did you give them Plexity?”

“I—I…” Esquibel stammers, but Katrina cuts her off.

“She tried, but they got the original cast recording of Pal Joey instead. I could tell she was up to something. Stealing my USB stick to do it!”

Alonso struggles to his feet. “Explain yourself, Doctor. You—”

“Doctor Alonso, please don’t exercise yourself unduly.” Esquibel tries to get him to sit back down. “The water is good for your—”

“Don’t touch me! You tell me. Tell me what is happening here. Why do the Japanese want Plexity? What is in it for you? What does it mean for—for everything? Our mission, our safety.”

“We are safe. The mission is—”

Alonso explodes. “Just what the hell were you and Baitgie thinking, Esquibel? Coño fucking spy games on my watch. Why can’t the military ever do what they say they are going to do?”

“Everything is fine.” Esquibel tries to invest those words with as much confidence as she can muster. But it isn’t enough.

“No, it isn’t fine. Obviously. They asked for, what, the source code? And ended up with music tracks instead? So what will they do next? Give up? I doubt it. And where even are they?”

“I have it… under control.” Now Esquibel is starting to get irritated. She fights not to seethe at them. If she has to sit through yet one more moralizing civilian speech about how wicked and naughty the global military apparatus is she will scream.

Katrina laughs in bitter disbelief. “Why am I not reassured?”

“Who else knows? Anyone?” Alonso needs to manage this situation. Somehow. He needs to take control again.

“No…” Esquibel is once again too quick with that word. “I asked Katrina to be discreet.”

“She didn’t even want me telling you, Alonso.”

“I didn’t want her telling anyone! It had nothing to do with you, Alonso! It was specifically to limit the spread of this intelligence.”

“Yes, limiting the spread of intelligence. Doesn’t sound very much like what this mission is supposed to be about.” Alonso drags his hands down his face. “Esquibel! I trusted you! You and Baitgie! You are my partners! So tell me. All your secrets. You can’t—”

“Oh, she ain’t gonna do that.”

Esquibel pleads with them, hands out. “I can’t! I’m following orders here! I can’t share them! Not without authorization!”

“So. What do we do now? What will happen next?” Alonso scrubs his feet dry and puts on his sandals again, wheezing through the pain. He begins walking back to pine camp. He will need to tell Miriam, certainly. He can’t hide anything from her. And, well, really, all the others. None of them deserve to be kept in the dark when their careers and their lives are so plainly on the line here.

“Yeah, it’s not like the Japanese are going to give up, are they?” Katrina asks. “Come all the way across the ocean and leave with nothing but a rousing rendition of Bewitched, Bothered, and Bewildered. What’s going to be their next move?”

Esquibel falls silent. Neither of them know the Japanese have already come twice. They just think it was a single contact. No use in disabusing them of that notion now… She shakes her head and thinks. Yes. What will their next step be? “They will try to contact me again, I assume.”

“Well, maybe we can contact them first.” Alonso doesn’t like the idea of just waiting around for a Japanese spy to show up. They need to do something. And now that he has decided that, the rest of a plan starts to clarify in his mind. “I mean, the village across the water here…” He wheels back around, pointing at the far bank of the creek and the meadow beyond. “They are the ones who talked to the Japanese, no? So they’re still maybe talking to them, housing them, supporting their activities.”

Esquibel unhappily nods. This has occurred to her as well. “But those Ussiaxan villagers attack all the others, including us. I don’t know how to reach the Japanese. The last time, the first time, the agent didn’t contact me until…”

But Katrina’s restless brain has turned this problem on its side. “Wait a goddamn moment. I know what we can do, Alonso. I know how to find the Japanese.”

Ξ

Triquet unwraps their ankle and tests it. Yes… Better today. Still a little twingey, but probably able to bear their weight down the tunnels. It’s time they got back to the sub. And Flavia has agreed to go with them, for the sake of everyone’s safety. Considering how the day should go, Triquet might bring a little shift to wear in the muddy parts and then a real outfit in a bag once they get out. They don’t want to spend all day in a dirty fit.

Triquet fills a daypack and sticks with just a bit of eyeliner and lipstick. Then it’s a rice cake for breakfast and some hot water with lemon. But before Flavia finds them, Maahjabeen and Pradeep do.

“We heard this is where the tour starts?” Pradeep asks, deadpan.

“Oh! Are you lovebirds coming too?”

“We left the kayaks in the sub.” Maahjabeen peers past the edge of the camp, as if she could see through the cliffs to the sea below. “Got to get them out on the water. We should stow them in the sea cave. The big plan. So…”

“Jolly. And there’s Flavia. Good morning, doll. Let’s get a move on. The day wastes.”

Moments later the four of them are striding across the meadow, the dew soaking everything below the knees. Maahjabeen gives Triquet a speculative look. “What do you even hope to accomplish in the sub any more? I thought all your mysteries were solved.”

“Oh, honey, no.” Triquet giggles, thinking of the absolute mountain of artifacts and documents the sub holds. It could occupy them the rest of their life. “Not even close. For one thing, we still don’t know why they buried the gol-durned sub in the sand, do we? That would be a hoot. Knowing that. And I need to put together as good a snapshot of the collection here as possible. I’m going to have to develop quite the pitch. Welcome to my sub! Like my own personal archaeological Plexity, with lots of cross-referencing. How about you? How is your study of the great beyond coming?”

“I have done nothing. This is the first time Pradeep and I are both healthy in weeks. I haven’t seen the ocean in too long.”

They climb the trail and enter the village. Now, they are seen as somewhat normal fixtures and not even the village children break away from what they are doing to watch them. The researchers cross the village square in silence. Where Morska Vidra’s house used to be is now partially claimed by his neighbors. The remainder is a dark spot in the earth.

Descending the tunnel tree gives Triquet more trouble than they expected. They have to take it quite slow, and the tendons along the side of their foot are complaining loudly by the time they lower themself to the tunnel floor.

The mud passage is also less fun than normal and they not only get mud on everything but they injure their ankle further and hold everyone else up behind them. Groaning in pain, Triquet finally wins free to stand in the small chamber that has been dug beneath the sub. Where its hull plating has been removed lie the remains of Esquibel’s futile attempts to barricade it. Triquet will have to clean this mess up when they get a chance.

Ah, the sub! “Home sweet home.” Triquet trails their fingers along the steel walls, luxuriating in materials that have been manufactured. It’s been nothing but natural fibers for far too long.

“A roof. Aaahh…” Flavia releases a tension she didn’t know she held. The open sky always overhead is so… exposing. It exhausts you. “Civilization at last.”

“Where are the others?” Triquet realizes they haven’t seen Maahjabeen and Pradeep since the mud tunnel. “Did they not come this way?”

“Eh. No. Pradeep wanted to show his girlfriend a cave painting, he said. So they took a different tunnel. They will come down through the bunker and meet us from there.”

A few hundred meters behind them, Pradeep follows the twine, trying to remember the system of knots Miriam had made. It’s been weeks since he was in these particular passages. And it isn’t going too well. But as they’d watched Triquet squirm into the claustrophobic mud tunnel he had tried to think of alternative routes. Then he recalled the first thing he had seen underground.

These passages are short, rough and muddy, all linked together like a warren. Weaving through the maze reminds Pradeep of the mad flight with Jay through the dark last week. How has he found himself so quickly back underground? Ah, well. At least he knows where he is this time.

Maahjabeen bumps up against him, her eyes closed. She holds herself flutteringly still, like a hummingbird hovering in the air. This is not her place, deep underground. It is not her detour. She just needs to trust in her Mahbub. But that is easier said than done.

“See?” They eventually enter a small cavern with a high ceiling and Pradeep shines his light across a scintillating mosaic of shell and bone and paint. The Milky Way.

She blinks at the roof, her eyes slowly expanding with wonder. “Ahhh… It is so lovely.” Maahjabeen didn’t know what to expect but it wasn’t this. These villagers had seemed so artless. This is a colorful surprise. She reaches for the constellations close enough to touch, her fingers tracing the whorls of light.

“It makes me wonder…” Pradeep shakes his head. “What must their cosmology be like? Elsewhere in the world you see enough of the stars and galaxies at night to understand that it is the default night sky, yes? It is always there, only sometimes covered by clouds. Every society knows about outer space. But here? Maybe not. Something like ninety-four percent of your nights are under this marine layer. So you only see the stars on special nights. Do you even think they are always there? Or are the Lisicans convinced the stars only arrive once every two or three months?”

This shift in perspective is hard on Maahjabeen. She shakes her head, unwilling to grant the villagers such a deep and complex worldview. It is easier to think of them as ignorant savages for sure. Otherwise, she might have to think more deeply about what Wetchie-ghuy wanted with Pradeep’s soul. It is a notion that stuck itself in her brain as she followed Xaanach on the way to the shaman’s hut. Maahjabeen is usually not very good at seeing things from someone else’s point of view, but in a moment of insight she visualized the old shaman laboring by firelight to bring about some great work, the work of his entire life. And these foreigners have suddenly shown up, to give him the resources and opportunities he needs. Why, there’s so many more souls to collect! And yes, what he does stinks of the devil, and yes, bringing about his version of Lisica is probably the worst possible outcome, but still. The old man has a plan. What does Jidadaa call it? His prophet poem. In a moment of compassion or weakness or whatever it was, sneaking up to his dwelling Maahjabeen had felt a twinge of guilt for ruining his life’s work.

Before they leave, Pradeep takes photos of the cave painting. Then they pass through another small cavern that leads to a fissure in the cliff. In moments they’re outside. And it’s a mild day. The air is filled with salt and the regular sounds of the surf. Maahjabeen moans in contentment. “Oh, yes. Let us get the boats.”

Pradeep nods and forges ahead through brittle manzanita branches. It is so nice to see their old camp. It brings up a welter of unexpected emotions in him. This is where he nearly died (well, the first time) and also where he met the love of his life. It is the axis from which the rest of his entire life rotates, spinning outward in time. If he could, he’d fix up the bunker and live here forever.

And it would need a lot of fixing. They tiptoe through the open door, shadows in every corner. But a shaft of light displays the scattered fern fronds in the back corner and the raised trap door leading down to the sub.

Why is the trap door up? Alarm courses through Pradeep before he recalls that this is how Triquet rejoined them, days before. Nobody had been able to clean up the traces of their passage since. Now, once they retrieve the boats, Pradeep will make sure to cover their tracks once again.

It is the work of twenty minutes to do that and get the boats down to the water. Scouting their destination, they’d peeked over the edge of the giant redwood trunk across the beach first, to see if anyone’s Navy floated off the coast. But the horizon was clear.

Now, giggling in anticipation, they get the boats out onto the water. Maahjabeen seals Pradeep’s spray skirt and pushes him off with a kiss. After she joins him, gliding across the glassy surface of the lagoon, she playfully splashes him, just a few tiny droplets, and he yelps. “Remember when I made you roll?”

He grimaces at her. “I was quite sure you hated me, you know.”

Maahjabeen shrugs. “I hated everybody.”

She leads him out the mouth of the lagoon, hugging the outside of the breakers as Amy showed her. The sea is muted today. Safer. Its tempests are being tossed elsewhere. But they still need to dart across the gap in the surf at the base of the seastack. Soon they are paddling strongly up the island’s southeast coast, headed for the sanctuary of the sea cave.

But they never reach it.

As Maahjabeen leads Pradeep to the fold in the cliffs of its entrance, their way is blocked by a pod of killer whales.

Ξ

“Mandy dandy.” Katrina finds her out in the meadow, trying to figure out how to inflate her last weather balloon with the few remaining precious helium canisters she still has. This is hard. And if Mandy gets it wrong then it’s no balloon. And she has to go back to being useless. So she’s already crabby. And seeing Katrina does nothing to help her mood.

“Yes?” Mandy demands, exasperated. “What do you want?”

Katrina is taken aback. She has certainly seen this side of Mandy before, but this ire has never been directed at her. So she crouches helpfully beside Mandy and tries to read the instruction pamphlet over her shoulder. “Oh, balloons can be so frustrating. I did one of these for my nephew’s birthday party. You just need to—”

But Mandy plucks the pamphlet away. She turns on Katrina. “Can I help you?”

“Oh. You want to figure that out on your… Yeh. Well, I’ve just got a bit of air traffic control to discuss.” Katrina gestures at the drone’s hard case. “Worked out a flight plan but Esquibel said you were trying to get your balloon up and to make sure I didn’t get in your way. I’m sorry I’m in your way. I can… I mean, what’s the haps here, dude? Do you need a hand?”

“No.” Talked to Esquibel, did she? Mandy grabs a canister and screws the adapter onto it. Now she should be able to mate the adapter to the balloon’s bladder. But when she starts screwing it in she hears the hiss of escaping gas. “Ehhhh. Why is this so…? Fuck!”

“Nah, mate, you just got to press through. Super fast.” Katrina pulls the assembly from Mandy’s hands and quickly spins the canister until the threads seal. The hissing stops. “Like pumping up a bike.”

Mandy pulls the weather balloon back out of Katrina’s hands. “Thank you. Yes, I am too stupid to figure things out myself. You’re right.” She stands and stalks away, opening the hose valve that fills the balloon with helium. She hooks it into its harness, which is already tied down to their hundred and fifty meters of climbing rope. If she hadn’t snapped the steel cables the first time she had launched a balloon, she could put more instruments aboard. But because the rope itself is so heavy, she can only put up a minor suite. Not like she has that much gear left anyway. Almost all of it has been lost or damaged. Such a horrible clusterfuck of a meteorology mission. Mandy still feels Katrina’s eyes on her and annoyance makes her skin crawl. “What.”

“So I’m not like the most empathic person on the planet but, I mean, did I do something wrong? Are you mad at me?”

Mandy hates jealousy. It makes her helpless. And it strikes her at her core, making her question everything about herself. The specific sensation of it too is so unpleasant, all hot and suffocating and unreasonable. She can’t think with Katrina around, not when she is stealing Esquibel away right under her nose. Do they think she’s blind? No, just dumb. Mandy shakes her head and a bitter snort escapes. “You should know… Just so you know… Esquibel can’t ever hide anything from me. I can always tell when she has a secret. So I made her tell me.”

“Oh!” Katrina falls back, relieved. “You know? Oh, thank god. I thought I was going to have to deal with the Japanese all by myself. But if you already—”

“Wait. What? The Japanese?” What the hell does Katrina mean by that? “What do the Japanese have to do with anything?”

And now Katrina is instantly crestfallen. “Uhhh. Oh. I thought you said you… I mean, Esquibel said we couldn’t tell anyone so I didn’t want to initiate a… No. Fuck it. Alonso said we have to let everyone know. So here’s me, letting you know. I don’t care how Esquibel feels about it.”

“But… wait. The Japanese? I don’t care about that. Whatever it is. Esquibel has a secret. And she told you before she told me—”

“She didn’t tell me shit. Figured it out on my own. Caught her red-handed. Slipped her the USB stick but wiped all the Plexity data first.”

Mandy stares at Katrina in open-mouthed shock.

“So you didn’t know. Yeh. Esquibel is a spy, dude. And she’s done all she can to keep me from telling anyone. Are you…? I’m sorry. I can tell it’s a lot. It is a lot. So I was wondering. Maybe I can go first. Just a quick little recon mission across the creek. You can, like, take your time to digest this whole espionage situation and I’ll do my thing and be out of your hair by the time you’re ready. Deal?”

But Mandy still hasn’t closed her mouth. The shock resounds in her. This isn’t what she thought was happening. This isn’t it at all.

Katrina frowns. “What did you think this was about? Esquibel and me getting it on behind your back?” It starts as a joke, but by the time she finishes the question Katrina can tell that is exactly what Mandy feared. “Oh, Mandy dandy no…”

Mandy’s face crumples and she sags against Katrina. “I’m sorry. We’re both, it isn’t anyone’s fault it’s just we’re both so attracted to you… And when you both had a secret… that I couldn’t…”

“There there, my little poppet.” Katrina soothes Mandy and lets her hot tears flow. “What you and Esquibel have is so special. I’d never dare to put myself between…”

Mandy allows herself to be comforted. It feels so nice, being in Katrina’s arms. They fit so well together. But Mandy now knows the golden girl is not for her. Not when the price is her dearest Skeebee. “Thanks, Katrina. You’re so sweet. Sorry to drag you into… my crazy brain. I thought it was a love affair thing but it was really just… the Japanese? What does that even mean?”

“They’re spying on us here. Want Plexity data, I guess. And we realized they’re probably in the village across the way. That’s what the Dandawu told me. The Japanese used to visit the Ussiaxan. So I figured…” Katrina pulls the drone’s headset out of her backpack. “I’d maybe visit as well. See what the place looks like from the air.”

“Like Japanese, what, soldiers?”

“Spies. Operatives. Ninjas, as far as I know.”

Mandy only nods. Finally, she shakes off her many worries. “Okay. I mean, yeah. You can go first, Katrina dear. Sorry. I mean, this is my apology. For thinking mean things about you. We do your project first. And then, if it isn’t too much trouble, maybe you can help me with mine.”

“Good plan.” Katrina grins. “And no apology necessary. Being in a relationship is hard. I can’t seem to do it to save my life.”

Katrina opens the hard case and takes out the drone. Within moments it’s assembled and soon it’s aloft.

Now, where to send it? Its battery is full but that’s still less than twenty minutes of flying time. She’ll need to get lucky to find out anything really interesting in that time. And she’ll also need to be discreet. No buzzing people down game trails. Hopefully she can remain high enough they don’t even know she’s there at all.

The drone lifts into the sky. She sees the creek as a blue-black ribbon dividing the green meadow. Pine camp is so lush from above, with busy little figures doing their work under the trees. She can’t see the Keleptel village of Morska Vidra and Yesiniy from here. But she can maybe see some smoke from their fires.

On an impulse she follows the creek downstream. She wants to see if she can follow its course all the way to the waterfall. But she only gets a few hundred meters before the creek is entirely choked with deadfall. All the wreckage of every storm has collected here over the years, driving the creek underground. It must continue on under giant piles of molding logs in the dark, to spill out over the edge of the cliff somewhere further along. Ah, well. She doesn’t have any more time for this now.

She lifts even higher and returns to the far side of the meadow, spotting a narrow trail leading up to the north under the trees. Nudging the drone along, Katrina does her best to follow the path. But it swerves into the woods and is soon lost beneath the eaves. She swivels the drone around, to study the north horizon. A wide redwood-crowded ridge blocks the way, running east to west. She lifts the drone over it to see what she can find on its far side.

And there it is. Ussiaxan. A splendid village, three times the size of Keleptel. Not that far after all, just hidden on the far side of this wooded ridge. Smoke rises from log houses that are also larger and a little more refined than the huts they know. This entire village looks whole human development cycles ahead of all the others. Oh, great. The Ussiaxan are the overachievers of the island. They’ve gone and pissed off the smart ones. Not the best strategy.

There appears to be some animal husbandry going on here. Enclosed pens harbor pigs. A flutter of dozens of white wings in a small structure makes Katrina think of a dovecote. The village square is also more impressive, twice as big and lined with gray flagstones. As the drone soars overhead, one of the villagers enters the square and tilts his head up.

Oops. Too close. She doesn’t need to start a war here. She pulls up, away from the village, waiting until the man hurries away.

From this vantage she can see another stream that runs along the back of their village. Some of the houses have small jetties sticking out into it. She needs to remove the drone from the village airspace for a bit until they forget about it. Perhaps she should investigate if there’s anything upstream of where they dwell.

A clearing has been cut out of the woods here. On green grass stands a wooden building, of an older style than the log houses of the village and built with yet more refinement. Like a dilapidated cottage from a fairy tale, it stands alone in the woods, surrounded by tall pines at the edge of the stream’s banks.

Figures emerge. A tall woman and a short man. They are deep in dialogue and don’t look up. Katrina follows their progress toward the north side of town, and across a narrow bridge she had just thought was another of the jetties. Now they are on the stream’s near bank, between two yards.

“I need a parabolic microphone. Isn’t that what they’re called?”

“Like a spy microphone?” Mandy’s disinterest is clear.

“Yeh. Directional. Telescopic, baby. Not that I could understand what they’re saying. I wonder how divergent their language is from the village here? They’ve been apart like three or four generations now. Enough time to… Hey, hold on. Here’s someone we know. Hello, Lady Boss. Here’s a report from your, who are these two? The high priests? The top bureaucrats? Coming from the cottage in the woods. You know, the one across the stream. And they don’t agree on whatever it is. So they’re making you decide…”

They are small figures far below, their faces unreadable even at the furthest optical and digital zoom. But their hands are animated, all three of them. At least, that is a feature they still share with all other Lisicans.

Then another trio of figures moves across the footbridge and Katrina whistles. “Oh, fuck. So this is what this is all about.”

Her change in tone gets Mandy’s attention. She pulls herself out of her melancholy to study Katrina’s eager form, hidden behind the headset. “What? What is it?”

“They’ve got Sherman. These Ussiaxan villagers are parading Sherman through the yards and they’ve got like a collar around their neck. The Lady Boss and her like cabinet are arguing about what to do with them.”

“So what are they going to do?”

“These freaks, who knows? Might just make this Decapitate a Shaman Day. Wouldn’t be surprised in the slightest. Or maybe they’ll cut some deal. Work together. That’s probably the dispute. Listen, Shirley. You can’t trust Sherman. You know it. I know it.”

“But on the other hand, Shirley,” Katrina puts on the man’s deeper voice. “Imagine what kind of power a shaman can bring to the fight. We could mop the whole island up, side to side! Think about it, Shirley. Just you and me. Ruling side by side…”

Mandy can’t help herself. A giggle escapes. “Is that really what they’re saying?”

“Something like it. I just really hope they don’t all find common cause. Because that would be bad for everyone else. We like that the Ussiaxan are isolationists. That is a very good thing and probably keeps a fair number of folks alive elsewhere. We don’t need them and Sherman mixing in the affairs of… Ehhh… This is when they’re giving Sherman the chance to respond. But I can’t see their face at this height. Just going to drop around a bit and…” Katrina physically ducks. “Oh, shit. They saw me. Oh, shit.”

“They did? Oh, god. What are you doing now?”

“Evasive maneuver time. Oh, shit. This place is going mad. Like an anthill. So many people. Like, like a couple hundred…? My god I had no idea there were so many here. Like on the whole island. And they can all see me. Oh fuck a duck. I’m so sorry! I thought it was quieter than—! Yikes! Oh my god. Nearly ran into a tree. Got to go up. Get out of here.”

“Yeah. Get out.”

Katrina rockets the drone up a couple hundred meters, until the village can be encompassed entirely by the camera’s frame. Here she hovers, seeing a crowd amass in the village square. They can’t see her at this height, can they? No way. She would be the tiniest speck. But still. No use upsetting them any more.

Katrina wings away back over the wooded ridge. She only gets a brief glimpse of the man atop a redwood platform hurling his spear at her as she passes by—the man who first saw her in the village square, as a matter of fact—before the drone is sent down in a spinning loop to crash on the slope in the dirt.

Chapter 49 – We’re Good

December 2, 2024

Lisica Chapters

Thanks for joining us for the fourth and final volume of our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is lisica-cover-webpage.png

Audio for this episode:

49 – We’re Good

It was a couple hours later that the roof blew off the hut. Near evening, with no light in the sky, the heavens detonated. It began with a great rushing through the far trees. Then a moment of dreadful silence, followed by a great screaming roar like a steam locomotive falling off a cliff. Trees cracked and splintered and fell. Then the wind hit the hut with concussive force and half the roof peeled away and vanished.

Now screams and whipping water fill the hut. Chaos. Figures dive across Pradeep, shielding him from falling pieces of wood. Jay and Maahjabeen lash him to the travois they’d kept him in. Then they grab the few things they can and, nearly blind and deaf, follow the others out into the battering cyclone before the entire hut collapses around them.

They all know to make their way to the cave. But the wind blasts over the northern ridges behind them and slaps them down into the mud, again and again. Trees groan and fall in every direction. A redwood lands on a hut on the far side of the village with an unbearable crash, shaking the ground.

Jay is nearly horizontal to the ground, clawing through the mud as the wind hits him with unbearable force. He drags the travois, Maahjabeen somewhere back behind controlling its tail.

He comes upon Alonso, crawling across the mud, eyes squeezed shut. Jay grabs at his coat and pulls him in the right direction.

Finally they find themselves in the cave mouth. It is already filling with floodwaters. But there is a high slope and shelf where the wooden and textile belongings of the villagers have been stowed. It should remain above nearly any amount of water. If that isn’t safe then nowhere is.

They pull themselves out of the water and up the slope. Their refuge is more of a side grotto, a low gallery of deep depressions worn away in the limestone band here.

Shuddering groans and vocalized shock are all they can utter as they each take up residency among the baskets and bundles of firewood and cooking pots. Here they huddle, watching the water below them rise and fill the tunnel leading into the cave and the shaft with the tilted tree. Now they’re trapped here. This flood effectively blocks them from descending any deeper.

The temperature tilts to near freezing. A shattering blast of hail hits the cliff wall outside and chunks of ice the size of blueberries skitter in. Then, as suddenly, the hailstorm stops.

“Dead,” Jay pronounces. “We’d be dead for sure if we were still out there.”

The winds swirl now, buffeting across the mouth of the cave with harmonic concussions. Between that and the water swirling down the interior, closing the tunnel like a valve, the air pressure beats at them and they all squeeze their eyes shut and cover their ears.

Then the rain returns, a downpour as dense as a waterfall. The water in the cave rises even higher, only four meters or so from where they perch. The storm comes from the northwest, which is right along the line of the village into the cave mouth. The ragged hole screams, as if the god of thunder plays it like a flute, and gouts of water slap against the floor. This lasts for heart-stopping minutes and the water rises even higher. Then it abates and the storm’s fury lessens.

They grasp each other tight, shivering, terrified by what they have just witnessed. Finally Esquibel does a head count with her phone’s light and a shaking hand. Yes. All ten of them. And five golden childs, hunkered in a corner closer to the cave mouth. But wait. Their masks have been removed.

“Iwikanu!” Katrina croaks, stumbling forward. One of the youths rises and holds his hand out to her. “The wind…” she explains to the others. “I guess this is finally when it blew the pollen away.”

“Oh, good,” Esquibel tries to muster sarcasm, but it only comes out as sincere. “I am glad they are human again.”

Flavia stands and holds out the pigskin bag to the former golden childs. She shines her own light into it, displaying the three uneaten but cooked steaks. She motions to them, offering the food.

One of the other youths smiles, teeth bright in the darkness, and lifts his own sack. They are evidently still provisioned.

“The villagers knew this would happen, didn’t they?” Katrina asks Iwikanu. “The… oh, what are they called? The Keleptel? Buggered straight off, didn’t they, gé? The Keleptel.” She has one hand dive through the other, of Morska Vidra and his people retreating through the tunnels. She tells her colleagues, “You use the interrogative suffix ‘gé?’ to ask a yes or no question.”

“Da,” Iwikanu answers. “Oni poshli na plyazh.”

“The beach?” Katrina exclaims. “All the way down there? In this weather? Or is that the only place where they know for a fact it won’t flood?” She translates the question into Russian.

“Da, da…” Iwikanu agrees. “Tam net vody.”

“No water, he says. I bet the cliffs protect it. So they’re all in the bunker, just chilling. Bloody brilliant. We just left the one place on the island where it’s actually safe to be in this storm.”

“Not just a storm,” Mandy corrects her. “Bomb cyclone. Some of the most violent events on the planet. But it might be over soon.”

“That was like a whole war’s full of bomb cyclones, honey.” Triquet has never seen anything like it.

“They have the best names.” Mandy’s voice quivers in the dark but her enthusiasm for the subject warms her. “Officially, explosive cyclogenesis. Bombogenesis. They almost always form over the sea and aren’t usually experienced on land. The baroclinic instability of the Northwest Pacific is pretty well known. Just, like, rarely actually lived through. This was only one of the many bomb events they must get out here, leaking east this time I guess away from the instability and hitting the island. The cliffs and the local humidity might have actually triggered the whole thing. And it got so cold for May. There must be some deep upwelling off Kamchatka right now. But it can’t last much longer this late in the season. Yeah. Listen. It’s already easing.”

They hear the wind and rain relent to gusting showers. But the water is no less, coursing across the entrance at their feet. Jay tries to peer through the cave mouth at the village outside but he doesn’t have the angle. He considers if the current is too strong to actually wade through. He extends a sandal into the brown water…

An iron grip seizes his arm. “Don’t.” It’s Miriam. “Flood like this will get worse before it gets better.”

“Yeah, but the last of the light in the sky is dying and I wanted to see if there’s any… Oh, well.” Jay gives up on the plan. Miriam’s right. That water is running too fast.

Maahjabeen leans back in the shadows so none may see the look on her face. She is cold and frightened, yes, but also prepared. Coiled for a counter-attack, she listens to the rain ease, knowing this might be her opportunity here.

She has known for days and now, even more so, these last few hours. It was after Katrina had told them all of what the golden man had shared with her that Maahjabeen had asked if they had talked about Pradeep at all and what could be done to save him. Katrina had leaned back against the blackened timbers of the hut beside her and said they had spoken about such matters only in regards to the shamans, and how they store the spirits they steal in clay jars on shelves in their homes.

Most of the unbelievers in the hut had laughed at the words but to Maahjabeen it sounded credible, like something an ancient Bedouin mystic would do, the kind of satanic witchcraft the Prophet first encountered in the desert and fought against. Yes, it is like a djinn in its lamp. Her Pradeep is bottled up, kept from her where one of the shamans hide him.

Katrina hadn’t asked the old man where they might find them. Not for lack of trying. Any attempts to draw a map or even discuss the island by landmarks had become hopelessly confused, she’d said. He couldn’t grasp any graphical or visual representations of the island at all. According to the Dandawu, the island is a poem.

Again, this makes sense to Maahjabeen in a way that it can’t to the others. Her entire life is shaped by verse. Of course the island is a poem. And once the Lisicans someday learn of the even greater poems of the Quran their lives will truly be saved.

So none of the researchers know where to find the shamans and their hidden shelves. But these Thunderbird youths probably do. Maahjabeen is counting on it. She’ll enlist one or more of them to lead her there so she can steal her lover’s soul right back.

But she can’t let the others know what she plans. They’d never let her go, especially Esquibel. So she must wait until she can slip away, probably right as this storm ends. Perhaps she can get Katrina’s friend to come with her. She said he’s good with a spear.

Ξ

Flavia and Mandy climb the cliff trail at dawn, still shivering and wet but determined not to spend another instant in that wretched cave after their long sleepless night. The strenuous activity warms them in the chill air. The dark cliffside is wreathed in fog and dashed intermittently with rain.

The trail is nearly gone, churned unrecognizable by the cyclone. Small trees and saplings lie across it, hampering their ascent. But soon they arrive at the first shelf above. It’s been a week or more since they were here and the lush meadow has erupted with thick bunches of grass that tower over their heads.

Mandy leads, parting the blades and stepping through to the cliff behind and the scramble to the top. Flavia is close behind. This is where they lost her to Wetchie-ghuy before and this time she is determined to stick right beside Mandy. It is why she came, to erase that bad memory and replace it with a better one.

They climb the fissure and arrive at the top. Where Wetchie-ghuy had crouched last time is nothing now but open sky. They are alone here, at the top of the island, clinging to the edge, the ocean everywhere, swallowing them in its embrace. Vertiginous, Flavia gasps. Sometimes she can forget just how isolated Lisica is. And then she has brain-breaking moments like these…

Mandy slips through the chute and scampers down the sloping face of the cliff leading to the edge, over which is nearly a kilometer drop down to rocks and surf. Mandy is moving much too fast for Flavia. But she forces herself to overcome her fear of heights and move faster. If she trips, there is still enough shallow slope here for her to tumble to a shrieking stop. She is still a good twenty meters from the edge.

Mandy cries out in dismay and hurries to the edge of the cliff on the far side of the concrete shaft. “Oh, drat! All gone…!” Not only her weather station but the platform of old wooden planks she’d affixed it to. Oh no. That thing had survived all the storms that came before. Was it worsening storms? Climate change? Probably. But also clamping a bulky weather station to it couldn’t have helped. Eek. She’ll have to tell Triquet she was responsible for the destruction of a historical site structure. They’ll be so mad at her.

Flavia follows Mandy slowly, stopping at the concrete lip of the shaft and peering down into darkness. “Can’t even see the bottom. But what was this whole thing for?”

“Oh, it was military so they probably had like guns up here. So they built a whole elevator or a lift or something. To like deliver all the ammo I guess.” She lifts her hands and drops them. “Flavia, I got none of that data! The whole station’s just gone! Every bit of it! Like all these broken components will wash up on the coast of Baja California in like two months. You know what? I should have put my address on them! Shit, I’m so stupid! Stupid stupid!”

It’s been a brutal week and Mandy can’t take any more right now. She crumples, hiding her face in her hands, hardly feeling Flavia’s sympathetic embrace. Mandy had gotten into meteorology to understand frightening and world-altering things like hurricanes and floods, so that she might better prepare for them and never be hurt by them. But actually living through one had shaken her to her control-freak core. The sheer power of that cyclone had turned her into a meaningless speck of life. A flea. She and all her friends could have been crushed and drowned and swept out to sea in an instant and the world would have carried on this morning just like nothing had happened. But that is unacceptable. Entirely. She can’t live in such a… crude thoughtless biological place. She has to somehow be more special than that, doesn’t she?

“There, there. We can figure out the data. I hate losing data.” Flavia soothes her, knowing that Mandy’s reaction is out of all proportion to a lost instrument or two. Yet after what they’ve been through, Flavia is surprised that Mandy hasn’t fallen apart entirely. “Poor little bambina. What is it, eh?”

Mandy allows her face to be drawn upward. She blinks her tears away and smiles gratefully at Flavia. “Oh, just a little thing I think they call ego death. That’s all. How about you?”

“I am fine. Counting down the days now. Yes. We are at eleven. Which is a prime number, indivisible. An important day to maths nerds like me. See, every day that comes until seven will be able to be further broken down. Ten days left? Why, we just have to live through five days twice. That’s two work weeks. No trouble. Nine days? That’s three days, three times. Easy. Eight? A month of weekends. Then seven. And seven feels like a lot again because you can’t divide it. A whole week. You see?”

Mandy nods. She likes systems like this. “Okay, but that isn’t the problem. The problem is… I mean, I shouldn’t want to leave this island at all.”

“What are you talking about? That is crazy. Of course everyone wants to leave. This place is trying to kill us.”

“I study weather. That’s my entire career. This is, like… I mean this spot is the nursery for some of the biggest storms on the planet. Shouldn’t I want to be here, experiencing all this weather? It’s like if you woke up one day and realized all those numbers you’ve been studying were an earth-shattering force that could easily kill you. Would you still study them?”

“But mathematics are an earth-shattering force that can easily kill me. What do you think like the entire Industrial Age was?”

“You know what I mean. I’m—I’m just frightened and I want to go home. I don’t want to live through any more catastrophes.”

“You and me both, Mandy. You and me both.”

Ξ

Miriam directs Jay and Katrina and Alonso to bring the pieces of the destroyed village to the central square. They were going to just pass through on their way back to pine camp but the devastation here can’t be ignored.

“I don’t know, Doctor Truitt…” Jay hangs back, fishing in his shirt pocket for his rolling papers and lighter. “I bet we mess it up even more somehow. Like there’s probably a whole system. They probably know which piece of wood belongs where in the whole village. We’ll just make it worse.” He deftly rolls a little morning joint and sparks up.

“We can’t leave it like this. Maybe we just straighten things…” Miriam pulls a collapsed heap of redwood bark panels, soaked through, from where they lay. As she places the pieces in rows on the ground before her, a fresh shower sweeps across the village and up the cliffs. But such modest amounts of weather hardly register any more. They all bow to their task, untangling the wood and laying it out in clean patterns. The four of them work together in silence. The marine layer above nearly breaks apart, but doesn’t. It only shows silver lines of sunlight in the cracks.

“God, I’ve changed,” Miriam mutters, attacking a pile beside Alonso. “Isn’t that the strange thing, Zo? Seeing you and being with you again, I’m not like picking up where I left off as a forty-seven year old field researcher five years ago. No, I feel most like I’m a twenty-three year old rock star again and we’re back in Nevada and San Diego and Reno. And… I’m just such a different person from how I used to be. I was terrible.”

Alonso laughs. “You were the vixen.”

“Which, strangely, also means fox,” Katrina interjects. “Mate, we’re surrounded by them.”

Miriam orders the closest pile. “I was just very much in love with myself. I didn’t have this kind of care of others, you know?”

Alonso nods. “Oh, I know.”

“You were the only one who could actually touch my heart under all those layers and masks and everything.”

“It was my abuela’s cooking.”

Miriam giggles and falls against him. He grunts, pleased, and goes back to sorting large pieces of wood. This redwood bark is amazing. Some of it is as thick as his arm, huge curving sheets taller and wider than himself. Beautiful, black with age.

Esquibel and Triquet exit the cave with the last pair of youths, stepping out into the clear morning air. “What are you doing?” she calls out to the others. “Did you lose something?”

“No. We just… feel bad for them.” Jay heaves on a plank, forcing a nearly-collapsed wall back into position.

“Ha. Feel bad for yourselves. Imagine what pine camp must look like.” And Esquibel stalks through the village alone.

Triquet bends to help. “Oh my god. Some of these places are like entirely gone. These poor people.”

“I wonder…” Alonso grunts, forcing his creaky body to work. “Do they have to rebuild like this a lot? Maybe more than once a year? Because that would get very old very fast.”

“Why ever clean when you can just disassemble and reassemble? Good lord these big ones are heavy. Just like sponges. So much water in them.”

Another figure steps out from the cave mouth. The first of the villagers. It is one of the shy preteen girls of the Mayor’s household. She has the darkest and curliest hair, nearly an afro. No one has ever heard her name. Slowly she emerges from the cave and stares dispassionately at the wreckage of her village.

“Eh, sorry.” Miriam has no words for this. “I know it must look bad but maybe we can help rebuild…” She shrugs at the girl.

“Mirrie…” Alonso’s face grows worried. “Don’t make promises we can’t keep. We still have so much work of our own and we have fallen so far behind…”

Miriam’s face flickers, her composure nearly cracking. It is hard to take Alonso’s continuing dreams of Plexity seriously here in day forty-bloody-seven in the aftermath of a major cyclone. But god forbid ever saying such a thing aloud. “Alonso, I love you,” she says instead, meaning it, and goes back to work.

The girl watches them for a few minutes before turning around and going back into the cave. A few minutes later, Mandy and Flavia re-enter the village by descending from the southern cliff in a small rock slide.

“Aw, what a good idea.” Mandy hurries to help the others. “We can put their houses back together for them. Show some gratitude for once. Or… at least just make it neat?”

“We’re afraid to do any more,” Triquet says.

Flavia only watches. She is fatigued, sore and battered from her night and then this epic climb and descent with Mandy. Now she is supposed to do manual labor? For how long? It would take days to fix this village. There are piles of wood everywhere.

A fox scampers from the cave mouth into the village, sniffing at the arranged pieces of wood. It sniffs the air too, its gleaming eyes taking in the scene. Then it scampers away.

“Wish I had a fox,” Jay grumbles. “Be so cool. Just this rad pet who feeds himself and lives like this parallel life, still a wild creature, you know what I’m saying? Just like, friends.”

Morska Vidra emerges from the cave, followed by the Mayor and Yesiniy and all the others. They gather at the near end of the village, watching the outsiders awkwardly labor with the remains of their houses. But Miriam and the others have the sense to stop, and gently lay down the pieces they hold. They withdraw to the far end of the village, at the trailhead leading down to the creek and meadow and pine camp. Morska Vidra crosses the village to them, his fox scampering ahead. “Bontiik.” He greets each of them, his face deadpan but his eyes smiling. Perhaps he appreciates their gesture after all. They murmur the greeting in turn, chucking him under the chin. The fox on his shoulder chitters at Alonso and they all laugh, releasing tension.

“Ask him if that’s a girl or boy fox.” Jay tugs at Katrina’s sleeve. “Tired of calling a living creature ‘it.’ Feel me?”

“Totally, dude.” Katrina turns to Morska Vidra, composing the question in her head. Then she thinks of a better approach. Yes or no questions only. “Lisica… kʼisáani, gé?”

“Da.” Morska Vidra turns to his fox, pulling it from his shoulder and holding it like a cat, stroking its fur.

“They always answer yes or no like a Slav. So weird.” Katrina turns back to Jay. “His fox is a boy.”

“Does he have a name?”

She shrugs, miming “Katrina,” then, “Morska Vidra,” then, pointing at the fox, she asks, “Saa? Name?”

“Nyet.” Then Morska Vidra laughs, as if the idea is comical. Behind him, the villagers have spread out into the remains of their homes. They pore over the organized rows of wood like shoppers at the market, lifting a certain piece and exclaiming its story. But they all seem to be seeking specific pieces, and some of them begin to find them. They lift the pieces of bark, large or small, and shout out their relief and gratitude, which is echoed by the others.

Morska Vidra returns to his own hut, which remains partially standing. The roof is gone and most of the wall around the door, but the remainder of it still stands.

He doesn’t look very happy about it, though. He searches for his own special piece of wood and when he finds it, it has been split lengthwise by the storm. It is an old, elongated plank of bark worn to roundness at the edges, but something cleaved it perfectly in two. Morska Vidra lifts up both riven pieces, his voice shaking and dolorous. His neighbors all call out to him and many flock to his side, putting a hand on him in sympathy.

“Like the keystone? But it’s wood. The heartwood.” Jay tries to find the meaning in this scene. “The one piece. Maybe like the OG piece, the last one left or something. Put there by his dad. Aw, Morska Vidra! Mad respect, dude! So sorry for your loss!”

His neighbors go back to their own disasters, leaving Morska Vidra alone in the remains of his house. He sits there, heartbroken, for a long time. Even his fox has left him.

“Should we go? We should go.” Triquet thinks a quiet exit is probably for the best.

Then Morska Vidra rises, chanting something roughly. He pushes on the remaining walls of his house, but they stubbornly resist him. His chant grows louder, a list of imprecations and curses from the sound of them, and he uses all his strength. The wall totters and falls, twisting in a heap to the ground.

Morska Vidra pulls the panels of his house apart, scattering them. His neighbors immediately start scavenging the biggest and most useful pieces. He stalks away, under the trees, his head held high and his eyes faraway.

Then another figure exits the cave. It is Pradeep.

He blinks in the bright morning light. “Where…? Where is—?” His voice is so unused, as if it’s coming from somewhere under the ocean. For a moment he can’t remember her name. Then he does. “Maahjabeen. Where…?”

“Prad!” Jay finally sees the tottering figure. He rushes to him, slamming into him with a bear hug. “You’re back!” But he goes gentle almost immediately. Pradeep is so fragile.

“Never left. Where is she?”

“Eh, Mandy? Flavia?” Alonso asks as he hurries with the others to congregate around Pradeep. “Did you leave Maahjabeen up on the cliff this morning?”

“Maahjabeen didn’t come with us,” Flavia answers. “We haven’t seen her.”

Miriam frowns. “Oh, we were sure the three of you were off together. Well then where is she? Was she still in the cave when you left?”

Mandy shrugs. “I have no idea. We didn’t check.”

“Then how long…?” Pradeep forces the words out. “How long has she been gone?”

Alonso shrugs. “I don’t think we can say. Maybe all night.”

Then Miriam remembers that talk of souls and the underworld in the meadow. Oh, no. Maahjabeen has resolved to be a holy warrior, she’s pretty sure. “I just hope she didn’t hurt anyone.”

“Maahjabeen? Why what did she do?” Pradeep shakes his head. With each word, each step forward, each embrace from a friend he is restored to himself. Soon his thoughts might even flow freely again, as they used to. “Never. She couldn’t hurt a fly.”

“To rescue you, though?” Miriam holds Pradeep steady, rubbing his back. He looks anemic. “I think she’d be capable of quite a lot. She’s a tiger, that one. Saving her beloved from the evil wizard. Wait. I know just the thing to fix you up.”

Miriam hurries back into the cave.

“Wait, what is the implication here? How could Maahjabeen have possibly rescued Pradeep?” Flavia’s voice immediately rises in ire. “She disappeared. She wasn’t even here.”

Katrina’s laugh is low and spooky. “That’s what we’re saying, I reckon. She was out stealing his spirit back for him.”

“See, that is what I knew you were saying and I could tell you were all being foolish. Because that is impossible, what you are saying. Maahjabeen did no such thing. The drugs they gave him just finally wore off. Right, Pradeep? Isn’t that what happened?”

“I—I have no idea.”

“Well, what was it like?” Triquet asks. “You said the last one was like drowning in cold mud. Was this the same?”

“No. It was like…” Pradeep tries to grasp the memory of it, the fleeting impressions that single clear present sensation left in him. But he had no ability to reflect on himself during the whole ordeal. He was only a passive witness to all their words and actions. He saw it all, but he couldn’t keep it. “Inside I was hollow. No pain. No… emotion. But then like an hour ago I came back.”

“Smashed your jar, I bet.” Katrina gives Pradeep a long hug, trying to fill him with her warmth and life. “Big strong lad like you, deserves to get his jar smashed every night.” She kisses Pradeep on the jawline, but nothing stirs in him, not even from the teasing.

“I feel… newborn.”

“Whoa. Trippy. What do you mean? Like you have amnesia?” Mandy asks. “You can’t remember anything?”

“No… More like…”

She interrogates him with a laugh. “Quick. What’s your name? Where were you born?”

“Uh… Pradeep Chakrabarti. Hyderabad. No, I still have all the information. I just couldn’t… Just…”

“Had no soul?” Mandy ventures.

Flavia throws her hands into the air. “Now you are putting words into his mouth. Preposterous. Has nobody here done ketamine?”

“Sure,” Katrina responds. “Loads.”

“Well, that will make you feel as if you have no soul. Like that.” Flavia snaps her fingers. “This, ehh, it just lasted longer.”

Miriam returns from the cave with the pigskin bag holding three uneaten pork steaks. She pulls one out of the bag and holds it out to Pradeep. “Here, love. This will cure what ails you.”

“I do try to be a vegetarian.” Pradeep looks at the cube of meat with worry. “But I haven’t eaten in days, have I?”

“Just take what you can stomach,” Miriam counsels him. “You need something, that’s for sure. You’re like a ghost.”

Pradeep nibbles at the flesh of the boar. It is carbon bitter, the rind coated with ash. Then he tastes the gamey, cold steak, greasy and rich. There is something unpalatable and savage in the meat, as if the rage of the boar still sizzles in its blood. It only takes a few bites for him to be overwhelmed by the sensation. Pradeep makes a face and hands the remainder back to Miriam.

His heart suddenly hammers. Testosterone and adrenaline surge through Pradeep’s limbs. As his digestive tract voraciously tears the fibers of the meat apart, he is reset on some primal level. The violence at the heart of this animal’s death terrifies and saddens him. But now he is part of it. Now Pradeep is made of that violence. His eyes snap. He has trouble keeping himself from snarling aloud. Finally he finds his voice again.

“Okay. I’m back now.”

Ξ

Flavia approaches pine camp, fighting her way through the long wet grasses of the meadow to the tree line. It has taken all morning to get back here. First there was the climb with Mandy and then the whole scene at the destroyed village with Pradeep and all the Lisicans and finally a long frustrating interlude with the recently unhoused Morska Vidra.

She’d come upon the old man in the woods beside the trail. He was wandering aimlessly, nearly sightlessly, through a shadowy stand of pines. His fox pounced gaily ahead, chittering and digging for grubs, almost like the little fellow was trying to cheer him up. Boris does that for Flavia when she is sad.

She would have left him alone if he hadn’t stumbled and fallen as she’d passed. It was the first time she had seen that of any Lisican. They were always so sure-footed. Flavia hurried to Morska Vidra’s side and helped him stand. When he faced her he seemed to have visibly aged. In sympathy, she hugged his frail shoulders. He didn’t know what to do with the embrace, though, and only stood before her in silent grief.

Flavia searched for the right words. “My mother’s side of the family. We have an old house in Verona that my second cousins live in. Right downtown. It is over six hundred years old. The walls are so thick you can sit in the windows. It has been in our family for… what, thirty generations? I can’t imagine how I would feel if a storm destroyed it. All my ancestors. All those memories.”

Her voice soothed him and his shoulders dropped. He leaned into her embrace and the fox sniffed gently about her ankles.

Then the practical side of her kicked in. “But where will you live now? Build on the same spot? I didn’t see too many other options right there in the village. Or do you want to come live with us for a while? Eh? We have room, I am sure.”

Morska Vidra sat back on his heels and regarded Flavia gravely. She felt the weight of his judgment and fell silent. This wasn’t just him looking at her, this was… this was a man who was beginning to understand that his entire way of life was about to vanish. And it was all coming at the hands of Flavia and people like her. There was a deep melancholy in his eyes as well as a bitter outrage. It burst against her like a camera’s flash and she turned away, unable to bear what she saw.

When Flavia finally did look back, Morska Vidra had shrunken in on himself again, his fox curled in his lap. As far as she could tell, they were staying there forever. She moved on.

Now, she finds pine camp mostly empty and still in quite a state. The clean room has collapsed and its translucent plastic sheets lie twisted in the mud. The only person Flavia can see is Jay, standing against the only wall of the clean room that has been rebuilt. He is entirely naked, brushing his thick reddish-blond hair back from his brown forehead.

“Oh. Hey.” Jay makes no move to cover himself.

Flavia takes this as a welcome signal that she can, well, not ogle him exactly, but maybe appreciate a male body for what feels like the first time in ages. And he has such a nice one, with wide shoulders and long lean arms, a flat belly and long shapely legs. He is like a coursing hound, built to run.

“Welcome to my sponge bath, Flavia. Feels great, yo.”

“It really does.” Esquibel calls out from the other side of the sheet. Her long dark body can be seen in hazy silhouette through the plastic, her hands running all over her curves. “I may never put clothes on again.”

Flavia plucks at her own shirt and trousers. They are soaked and filthy and they make her skin crawl. Without a thought she peels them off and steps clear of what had always been her favorite clothes. Maybe after a thorough washing they can be again. Her skin prickles in the mild morning air. “Eh, where is the sponge?”

Esquibel steps around the edge of the sheet with a small bucket. She hands it to Flavia and examines her body with professional detachment. “And how are you? You look thin. Like you aren’t eating enough.”

“Are any of us?” Flavia pokes Esquibel’s own ribs, visible beneath her breasts.

Esquibel twitches back and swats Flavia’s hand. “Do not do that. I am ticklish. Otherwise you are fine? Turn around.”

Flavia lets Esquibel spin her slowly, lifting her arms and inspecting her minutely. The care and attention actually feels somewhat nice. She casts a sidelong look at Jay but he is still brushing out his hair, staring at nothing. Flavia is affronted.

She elbows him. “Hey. I am glad you are not like staring at me like a jackal but we are still two naked women standing here in front of you. I mean, you can at least say something nice.”

“Uh. Yeah, for sure.” Jay breaks his reverie, the violent rush of jagged images and sounds from the night before finally receding. “You guys look great. Molto bene. Is that how you say it?”

Esquibel frowns. “I do not need a man’s approval to feel good about my body. So how are you, Jay? All your contusions and incisions. Show me your ribs.”

“It is all about the ribs today.” Flavia runs her hands up and down her own. Yes, there is very little cushion beneath this skin. She can’t recall ever being so thin. And yet, she doesn’t want to feast and regain her lost padding. She likes how she feels. Food is something she only needs in spare mouthfuls throughout the day.

Esquibel traces the red line of Jay’s spear wound. It is healing well. “No infection. At least we can be thankful for that. How are the deeper layers…” She palpates the scar and he winces.

“Yeah, still pretty sore, Doc. Am I gonna get full range back? Got some big surfing plans coming up.”

“I think so. But you will feel it, certainly, the rest of your life.”

“Damn. Already damaged goods. And only twenty-two.”

“Here. Look at this one.” Esquibel raises her arms and turns her backside to them. She has a neat puncture wound above her right hip, an indentation that appears quite old. “Leaned against a broken fence post when I was eight. Almost died of tetanus. The time I spent in the hospital is what made me want to be a doctor. I still feel it, twenty years later.”

“Oh, I got no shortage of scars.” Jay proceeds to proudly point out the biggest ones, on his chest, on his shoulder, on his hip, on his shin. “Fell off a cliff, motorcycle, motorcycle, and sharp rock in the shallows at the end of a wave. Broke my fucking leg.”

Esquibel appraises him coolly. “And I am quite certain you are nowhere near done.” She shakes her head. “Human bodies. They are all so different. Look at us. All the colors and shapes. But we all still run the same.”

Alonso and Miriam arrive, stepping under the trees. They stop and regard the ruins of their camp. Not a platform still remains standing. Their own tent is a twisted heap covered in mud. The clean room is just a single wall of plastic, in front of which stand three naked members of their crew.

Without a word, Alonso and Miriam take off their clothes and join them. Flavia scrubs Alonso’s back with the soapy sponge she finds in the bucket and then Miriam does hers.

Nobody speaks. Alonso’s body is totally littered with scars, some broad and angry welts, some puncture wounds like Esquibel’s. All down his legs to his crooked feet. The words they just shared about their own scars ring shamefully in their ears.

Beside Alonso, Miriam is a pale and slender nymph. She piles her auburn hair on her head and lets her husband scrub her shoulders and the back of her neck. She purrs, closing her eyes.

“The family that bathes together,” Alonso laughs, “stays together. What is wrong, Doctor Daine? Have you never seen a torture victim before?”

“I am very surprised, Doctor Alonso,” she answers in a quiet voice, affronted by what was done to his body, “that you are as healthy as you are and not heavily addicted to opiates.”

“Yes, in large part that is what this trip is about. Learning to live with the pain. Otherwise I will be a junkie like that.” He snaps his fingers. “And the Fentanyl on the street kills people these days. So I would not last very long. No. My drug is Plexity. And all you beautiful children. You are what keep me here.”

Flavia turns outward peering through the trees at the far ridge. She imagines her vision telescoping even further, across the water back to the mainland, then spanning the whole continent. There is madness and torture everywhere. “This crazy world. Why does it have so many monsters in it?”

Alonso shakes his head. “They are everywhere. Sadists and evil bullies. Even here, in utopia…”

“Ha!” Flavia turns back, scorn in her face. “This can’t be utopia. It doesn’t have enough sunshine. Or hot water.”

“Yes, I would not call it utopia,” Esquibel agrees. “That implies perfection. And does anything about this camp look perfect to you? It is more a nice vacation.”

“Well…” Alonso shrugs. The sponge bath is over, but like the others he has no desire to get back into his clothes. “Here are my thoughts about utopia. First, it is impossible. Think of how different everyone is. What would be utopia for me, with lots of naked men and fully-funded science missions, would not be utopia for others.”

“I’m with you on the naked men!” Flavia grabs the muscles of Jay’s arm and he smiles indulgently at her. “But not here. Maybe Monaco. Or one of the Greek islands.”

“Plenty of naked men there,” Alonso agrees. “But I doubt they would all like my idea of utopia. And I wouldn’t care much for theirs. But utopias still do exist. It is only that they are fleeting. They last only a single moment and everyone thinks, whoa, that was a perfect little jewel of an experience, like this wonderful bath we all shared. But by the time you think it, it is already over. When you are outside the moment, appreciating it, you are no longer living in it and the spell is broken. Have you ever had that, yes?”

Jay nods slowly. “Dude. That’s so deep. Yeah, like every time I catch a wave. Those are my own little utopias for sure.”

“Uhhh, hi?” Mandy steps under the pine trees and approaches the knot of naked people. “Like what’s even going on here, guys?”

“Sponge bath,” Esquibel answers. “Then we just kind of… forgot it was over. Forgot we were naked, I guess. It feels so good to be out of those hideous clothes. Come on, you should try.”

“Well… isn’t it a party.” Katrina approaches with Pradeep, her arm around his shoulder. They took it nice and easy down the trail and across the meadow. He may be returned to them but he is still at the tail-end of an ordeal that lasted days. Now Katrina can’t stop goggling at all the skin, while Pradeep keeps his own eyes averted. “Don’t mind if I do.” Katrina shucks off her clothes.

The others welcome her into their circle, pouring soapy water on her blonde hair and scrubbing her skin with the sponge. Katrina moans in pleasure. “Ohh… I had no idea how much I needed group bathing in my life. Fantastic.”

“Mandy. Pradeep.” Esquibel orders them. “Come on. You need to get cleaned up.”

Mandy and Pradeep share a bashful gaze. They both step back in reflexive refusal. Mandy holds up a hand. “Uhh… No, thanks… We’re good.”

Chapter 48 – God, We Suck

November 22, 2024

Lisica Chapters

Thanks for joining us for the fourth and final volume of our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is lisica-cover-webpage.png

Audio for this episode:

48 – God, We Suck

Triquet is monumentally annoyed. And the infuriating part about it is that they aren’t quite certain what it is annoying them. All they know is that things that normally don’t provoke any reaction in them are now enraging. The fiddly bits of the espresso maker. The disorganization of last week’s laptop files. These brown stains on their flower-fringed ankle socks that never seem to get truly clean. That’s what it is. Things have gotten so dingy here. The lovers are all quarreling. The villagers are stubbornly distant. Everything is covered in a layer of dirt. It’s enough to drive anyone batty.

With an immense effort, Triquet tries to shake off this ennui with a return to their tent. But none of their clothes hang on display any more. There’s no room in here. They sorely miss the bunker and its storage. And the sub. It’s basically lost as well. Getting to the sub now is a thirty minute crawl through mud. And Triquet can’t do it alone. So their investigations have slowed to a halt.

No. No more of this gloom and doom. It’s actually a pleasant morning after the gentle showers. The bees are buzzing. The sun even makes brief appearances and the dewy meadow glitters with refracted light. Come on, Triq. This is still paradise. Of course it’s dangerous. Everywhere is dangerous. Now put on some chiffon and find your courage, soldier. Even if the whole Lisica expedition ends tomorrow, it has still been one of the highlights of your life.

There. Triquet always looks better in green. Now, how to finish this look? Hmm. They left their really big pieces of costume jewelry at home. Otherwise it’d be that chunky fake jade necklace and bracelet set that’s half Cloris Leachman, half Flintstones. Here they’ll just make do with the wooden prayer beads and a fake garnet ring. They pull on a pair of booty shorts underneath for modesty, locate the pink slip-ons, and step back out into the fresh air feeling somewhat restored.

Makeup? No, not with the amount of sweating they’ll most likely do. Today is hopefully the last day of really putting this camp together. But it’s going to take all day. Triquet can see Flavia has already wired things to the solar panels. When Katrina gets back they can fly the parachute overhead again and get a little more protection from the rain. Then her lights can get strung and the little village will feel complete. But before then, Triquet has ideas.

First, a riverstone path to the trenches. Those have been dug a hundred meters upslope and away from the creek, over a rise and hidden in a cleft. It’s a better spot than they had on the beach but this isn’t sand beneath their feet. They’ll all quickly churn an ugly line of mud into the ground unless Triquet is able to prevent it.

Crossing the meadow to the creekside, Triquet is disappointed to find that the bank has no easily-removed rocks. They’d imagined this would be like most of the creeks they’re familiar with, mostly like the slate and flint banks of the Delaware Gap. But here it’s all loam and moss and ferns overhanging the banks and the water is running fast and black. No loose stones anywhere.

Following the creek upstream, Triquet unwittingly follows Amy’s footsteps up the canyon toward the tributary where she would have done their laundry. But they stop at the base of the cliff she ascended. Here is a pile of rounded rocks deposited during some long ago flood. Now it’s just a matter of transporting them. Triquet waves at the golden childs dogging them. “Care to lend a hand?”

But of course the youth makes no move to help.

Triquet unfolds a small tarp and loads as many of the big rocks onto it as they can safely manage. Then they drag it back to camp. Hm. These slip-ons are not the right shoes for the job after all. And maybe a flowing gown of tissue-thin fabric isn’t the best either. But it did unlock something about their mood. Now Triquet can see that it’s the unyielding pressure coming from the natives that’s making so many of them crack. It’s Jidadaa with her cryptic demands in the middle of the night, the shamans stalking them, the golden childs hovering. They are in an inexorable hydraulic press and its plates just keep squeezing closer and closer together.

Returning from their third trip with the stones, Triquet passes Mandy emerging from her tent, who looks completely out of sorts. “Good morning, sunshine.”

But Mandy doesn’t respond, peering at the sky instead. She steps further out from camp and crosses to the meadow.

Intrigued, Triquet drops their load on the pile and follows her.

Mandy holds a barometer. “Crap. Look at that.” She absently hands it to Triquet and scans the gray-mantled sky. This marine layer can often hide what’s happening above.

Triquet reads the barometer. “920 millibars. Very low. That’s what it says. Is very low bad?”

“920 now? OMG. Uh, that’s a lot more than very low. That’s like… one of the lowest recordings I’ve ever heard anywhere in the world. The world record is in the 890’s and that was a tropical cyclone in the West Pacific. My god. What’s coming our way?”

“You’re saying that means another storm’s coming? This is what they mean by a drop in barometric pressure? But like when? And how much? Can you retrieve your weather station first?”

“God! I haven’t been able to fetch it! I was going to, but then we found Jay and Pradeep instead. I mean, I’m super glad we found them, but… I need data!”

“Well, what’s your guess?”

Mandy accesses her newfound powers of observation. She smells the air deeply, noticing that it’s wet and perhaps a bit fruity, like it swept across continents of thawing tundra. Well, that will be its engine no doubt. Cold differentials. And the trees on the far ridge are riffling in a stiff breeze that has the character of a compressing wave, as if the air itself is being pushed hard from behind by an accelerating force. They don’t have long. An hour at the most. But this half-assed camp won’t be able to survive a real onslaught, not if it hits as hard as it promises. “So sorry. But my guess is that we will all have to go back into the sub for a few days.”

Triquet’s pile of rocks is still pathetically small. “No! I just got all this work done! And—and… Ah, hell.” They drop their head in defeat, a black mood descending again just like that.

“Ah! That’s why I’ve been so grumpy!” Mandy realizes in relief. “We’ve all been on edge! It’s because there’s a huge storm coming! This like looming threat feeling has totally been weighing on me. Oh, what a relief. I thought I was losing my mind.”

Triquet studies Mandy, uncertain about her conclusion. It’s eerie how much her analysis matches Triquet’s own, but it’s led them each in opposite directions. An oncoming storm somehow gives Mandy peace? Ye gods. No it doesn’t. Isn’t this just another compounding amount of pressure, to crush them all into bits?

Mandy waves at Miriam, still at work in her trench. “Hey, lady! Storm coming! The biggest!”

Miriam sighs in defeat. “Oh my days. Seriously? Turns out this place is as bad as Ireland. Great… When?”

Mandy squints at the sky. “Don’t know. Soon. We need a real roof over our heads for this one.”

Miriam uses the spade to clamber out of her trench, covered in dirt. “God forbid we ever get any actual work done.”

Ξ

Katrina unweaves the plaited cord that secures her to the trunk. Iwikanu smiles, encouraging her, tapping at her wrist with gentle fingertips. It is a long cord, stiff and thick as her finger. But she has depended this whole time upon its strength. Now it is time to go.

Finally it falls free and she is untethered, crouching on the fragile skein of this platform they’ve built high in the redwood canopy. Iwikanu smiles at the gap in the floor, the ground nearly a hundred meters below. She is expected to climb down through it and begin her long descent down the trunks and branches that form a woven series of living ladders all the way to the ground.

This fairy ring of redwoods is perched on the western slope of the interior bowl of the island. The land rises nearly vertically beside the trunks, with madrone trees pressing beneath, granting the irregular rungs for the ladders she climbs down.

Finally Katrina finds her way to the lowest trunk. This last ladder hangs down the trunk’s length in a long line of looped cords like the one that kept her safe above. But these are for her hands and feet, tied off at regular intervals. She supposes this ladder can be raised to prevent any attacks. She thinks once more of Singlung He and his aphorisms about attack and defense. “I don’t know. I’d be more worried about people shooting us from the hillside.”

The matted platform Katrina had spent the last day and night on was a marvel of construction, something she’d never conceived. It rocks quite strongly in the wind. Tall trees sway far more than she ever knew. When a gust pushes through this circle of columns, it hits one first and then the others at greater and greater delays, making the platform rock and oscillate with increasing force.

Those who live up here ride the rhythm with sea legs, never losing their footing, never tethered to the limbs. But Katrina could barely stay on her feet up there. She spent most of her time on her hands and knees, laughing and gasping in terror, trying to stay on the good side of her hosts as they finally gave up on her balance and tied her off with an umbilical cord to mother tree.

They did make it easy. The Shidl Dít were kind and patient with her, understanding her lack of experience being a bloody bird. It wasn’t that she was unwilling either. Or that she had a particular fear of heights. It was just… absolutely debilitating. Survival instincts kept shorting out her abilities. And gravity felt different up there, like it was on some sort of counterbalance or pendulum and if she didn’t watch herself her feet would kick out and she’d pivot from the waist and tip over some edge to her terrifying death.

Okay. Maybe she did have a fear of heights. But Katrina was fairly certain it was less the heights and more a fear of death. Or, as in the old joke, it’s not the fall that kills you, it’s the landing.

Only as she nears the ground does she notice that Iwikanu has descended with her, waiting patiently in the loops above for Katrina to drop to the earth. She does so and soon the two of them are standing face to face, sharing one last smile. Iwikanu unslings a boarskin bag and presents it to Katrina. “Ohh, that’s so sweet. God, I don’t even know if I have anything for you. Um. Here.” She pulls off a hair tie and makes a short ponytail of his hair. She wraps it tight and steps back. “You look proper handsome now.”

They say farewell in Russian and Katrina tells him that she will never forget him and that he must visit her in Australia some day. But this is more of the language than he knows so his smile just freezes and his eyes dart. She breaks off, the strong impulse to give him a hug bringing her up short. It’s probably a bad idea. She does it anyway. He laughs.

Then Iwikanu puts his golden mask back in place and steps away from her. She understands now, that this is a ritual distance that she cannot break, even if she needed him. Iwikanu is no longer her sweet new friend with a little sister and two gentle parents who gave up their own bed to her last night. Now he is what they call kadánda dayadi, child of pollen, child of the spring. And to them, he is no longer human. He is transformed.

She would have understood none of this if his chief the Dandawu hadn’t spoken a fair amount of pidgin Russian. But through broken phrases and mime and a lot of patience on both ends, they talked long into the night and again in the morning. He is an old man with extensive knowledge of the island, but little of the outside world. She did what she could to avoid too many unfamiliar ideas, and he showed no appetite for exploring them.

Katrina wonders what her insatiable curiosity must have seemed like to him. Is it just the unfathomable luxury of a modern life, to pursue knowledge for its own sake, even on topics that will never be useful? Is it just her overactive first-world brain that would be happier harvesting nuts and making boarskin leggings? She recalls telling one of her university professors about a hike she had taken and how she felt like a Stone Age nomad but he had corrected her. She was, in fact, nothing like a paleolithic human. Their conscious minds were fixed in the present, watching the branches of each tree for a bird that might make a meal, scanning shadows for predators waiting to make a meal of them. They did not have any fancy ideas about social media or petrol prices running through their heads. They couldn’t afford to. She is not any kind of ancient ancestor. Katrina is instead very much a product of her generation.

The day is gray and gusty. She knows the plan must be to retrace her steps back to pine camp and she only hopes she can remember how to do it. For being a hidden village, getting here was pretty straightforward. Two ridgelines and then a drop to the trees. So after she climbs that drop and follows the two ridgelines back, she should be where Iwikanu slaughtered that boar who attacked them.

Mentally, she divides the hike into four sections. Actually it forms a cohesive narrative, like they are each chapters in a novella, a charming story called Katrina’s Hike. The first chapter must be the introduction to her return, reacquainting herself with the ground and climbing the steep slope up to the top of the ridge, from which she can briefly spy the ocean on the western horizon, between gaps in the farther ridge’s peaks.

The second chapter is that first ridge, which leads her up and down its broken spine and over knobs of reddish stone. Miriam would like it here with all its exposed geology. But Katrina would prefer to get back under the trees. This is too much sun and wind for her all day.

The third chapter is the second ridge, a transverse line across the south of the island that brings her back to the east and the valley at the bottom of the sloping Douglas Firs. But the weather is starting to sour here. The wind really sweeps through the trees now and each gust brings the crack of falling branches. Getting close now. This is the far end of the valley in which that boar lived. All she has to do is cross it again and she’ll be home in no time.

But… as if there’s a pressure-sensitive plate beneath this meadow, as soon as Katrina steps onto it, the skies open up and a deluge of rain drops on her head from out of nowhere. The meadow darkens and the temperature drops. She is instantly drenched.

Cursing at the icy water finding its way beneath her three light layers, her teeth start chattering. “Got to… keep moving…” If she can just get back to camp she’ll be able to dry out.

Katrina ascends the final slope as runnels of water race past her, tearing the soil out from under her soles. It is a grim half hour of struggling against the elements. The wind and rain lash at her, chilling her to the bone. The golden childs who is otherwise Iwikanu still paces behind, patiently watching but never helping.

When Katrina finally does get back to pine camp, water sheets across the ground, carrying away the pine needles, the tents are all soaked through, and no one is there.

Ξ

Alonso and Miriam limp into the village, holding a hopping and grimacing Triquet between them. They are all soaked to the skin and miserable. Just before entering the village Triquet had slipped in the mud and twisted their left ankle. Despite assuring their older colleagues that they can walk it off, they had fussed over Triquet and hauled them up by the arms, nearly carrying them the last few paces with care. Easing their patient down to the deck of Morska Vidra’s covered porch, the three refugees look around.

The village looks deserted in the purplish downpour. No smoke, no light in any door. Puddles are already forming pools in the village square. The only sound is the creak of the trees in the wind.

Alonso grabs a handful of Triquet’s clothing and wrings it out with strong hands. He shares a sidelong pleased look with Miriam. “Did you see?”

She is shivering, slicking back her hair to get the water to stop dripping into her eyes. “See what?” She scans the village again.

“No no…” Alonso stands again. “Mira.” Then he crouches. “I helped Triquet. I carried them. For the first time. I helped. I was the carrier instead of the carried.” His proud smile is so wide.

She nods, dumbly, knowing how significant this is but unable to find enthusiasm within her. She squeezes his hand instead and looks into his eyes, her breath ragged.

“Oh, Mirrie, you’re freezing.” Alonso reaches over Triquet’s legs and envelops her in a bearhug.

Triquet thinks of saying something, but then doesn’t. Instead, they fall back in regard to study the two dark figures in embrace. What must it be like to love so well, so long? It is outside Triquet’s experience. Their parents certainly never did. Growing up, they had a few friends with cool moms and dads but certainly nothing like this. There is a silence in the contact point between them, as if Miriam and Alonso have sealed themselves together. Dyadic withdrawal. Triquet remembers the term from a sociology course. They have just retreated into a world they alone populate where they are something larger than themselves alone. And now the storming world is beaten back, with Triquet sheltering beneath.

Finally they break free and Alonso blows on her fingertips. Then he places a strong hand across Triquet’s chest. “How is the pain?”

“Oh, I’ll be fine. But I saw you, Alonso! I sure did! Big man on campus, carrying me away. How are you?”

“There is pain, certainly, yes.” Alonso considers what to say next about it. But nothing more is required. He holds out his hands and shrugs. “I am only glad I can help such a sweetheart.”

“Can we like… knock on his door?” Miriam stands, staring doubtfully at the hut. “What do you think, Zo?”

“I think they are not here. I mean, where even is the door?”

Miriam and Alonso step toward the black gap between the redwood bark boards that used to be covered by a door of smaller bark pieces. He leans his head in. “Hello…? Ah. Here is the door. They stowed it inside. I wonder why.”

“There’s no one in there?” Miriam steps inside, ducking low. The ceiling isn’t much more than Amy’s height. Alonso has to hunch over quite a lot.

“And nothing. There is only a door. And an old… eh, loom? Bedframe? I do not know what this is here in the corner.”

“But where did they go? I mean, the floor’s dry. Why would you leave your dry house in the middle of a huge storm? Madness.”

Another refugee arrives, stepping on the boards of the porch outside. It is Esquibel. She ducks in and looks around. “Good. This one is empty. And it has a firepit. Bring him in here.”

Alonso and Miriam go back outside to find Maahjabeen and Flavia unlashing Pradeep from the travois. Soon Esquibel helps them pull his unresisting body inside. His eyes are open and his face is slack. Mandy follows, carrying a sodden ball of sleeping bags and pillows. She disappears within as well.

“What the F?” Jay stands in the center of the the village, turning round and round. “Ghost town. Great. Where’d everybody go? And what do they know that we don’t?” The rain is cold but not frigid and he’s warmed up now. It’s just a lot. Even with his hood cinched tight, it’s hard to keep it out of his ears and eyes.

Alonso watches him from the porch. He beckons to Jay, in disbelief that the boy literally doesn’t have the sense to come in from out of the rain. “Come on. Get out of there and dry off.”

“Hold on, chief.” Jay pokes his head into each of the other huts first. They’re all empty, all the belongings gone except the doors. “So weird… Hey, Alonso. Why do they put the doors inside?”

“Maybe so they do not float away?”

“Seriously. I’m going to float away for sure.” Jay steps onto the porch, shakes like a dog, and unzips his rain parka. It kept him pretty dry except for a hefty leak at his neck. But he’s in shorts and sandals anyway. “You think we can all fit in there?”

Esquibel sticks her head out as Jay asks this. “Firewood,” she orders. “Before you get out of your wet things.”

Jay sighs. “Sure thing, Doc.” He zips his parka right back up and steps out into the downpour.

Once Esquibel withdraws from the small door, Alonso peeks in. Yes, they are all settled and now there is room for the rest of them. “Come on, Triquet. Let’s drag you in here too.”

“Oh, fine. I’m fine. I’m coming.” Triquet hauls themself to their feet and tries putting weight on the ankle. “Yes. Perfectly fine.” But then they try tilting their foot outward and pain runs up the outside of their lower leg. “Or, well, not entirely. But walking I can do. Careful walking. Or even crawling.” It does seem like the better option. They make a grand entrance, on hands and knees, but no one even looks up. The others are engaged in their own struggles. Triquet finds a spot in the far corner and eases their back against the blackened timbers.

Miriam also drops against the wall with a groan, still shivering. Triquet drapes an arm across her shoulders and she leans into it. “How about a fire? Anyone? That pipe’s a smoke hole, right?” An intact tube of bark is stuck in the roof at a shallow angle. Whenever the wind swirls a few raindrops spatter in.

Esquibel nods. “Jay is getting us some wood.”

“And here he is.” Alonso steps away from the door to give him room to enter.

Jay ducks in with an apologetic half-smile. He is empty-handed. “Nada. They took it all. Wherever they went, I guess they knew they’d need their firewood.”

“Well we need a fire too.” Esquibel is worried about Pradeep. She doesn’t know how he will deal with all these extreme changes in his environment, just on a metabolic level. She doesn’t know if he can generate enough heat. What are these bizarre narcotics the shamans keep using against them? They present in ways she’s never seen with any compound or heard about in any literature. Oh, yes. This is a new drug we discovered on an island called Lisica. It removes your soul.

Jay shrugs. “We can burn the door.”

Miriam barks a sarcastic laugh, appreciating the dark humor. But then she stops herself. “Oh, you’re serious. And how do you think our hosts will like us after we’ve done that?”

Jay shrugs again. “It’s the only dry wood around. I can build them another door when the storm dies down no problem.”

“Yes, do it.” Esquibel doesn’t have time for the niceties of outreach and community engagement right now. “We need the fire. And we need that door to last all night. So keep it modest.”

“Will do.”

Jay pulls the door away from the wall and makes a face. “Okay. Problem one. This is redwood bark, which is super flame-resistant. Good against rot too. But it’s going to be a bitch to burn. Problem two. No dry kindling. So that’s going to be fun. Not exactly sure how we’ll get this done yet… Aha! But the frame is another wood, like laurel. Now that’s some good firewood there. Okay. I got a plan.” He pulls a buck knife and collapsible saw from his pack.

They all work in silence at their various tasks. Mandy helps Maahjabeen out of her sodden jacket and squeezes out her thick hair for her. But Maahjabeen only has thoughts for Pradeep. He doesn’t shiver but there is a bluish cast to his skin that worries her. “Mandy, please cover the door with a blanket. Where is that fire?”

As if she invoked it, a flame blooms under Jay’s hand in a pile of sawdust and strips of kindling. They all turn to watch as he coaxes it to life, putting wafer-thin sheets of redwood bark atop it. These only blacken and smoke but refuse to catch fire. “Need to make it hotter…” Jay pushes more kindling into the blaze and soon it reaches a critical heat, igniting all the other fuel he carefully places on the growing pyramid.

The heat spreads into the wide room, smoke spiraling up into the canted smokehole. Firelight flickers against the dark walls. They all ease back, letting the fire give them its primeval comfort.

“I love a good plasma.” They are Flavia’s first words. She has been engaged in a long silent struggle against the deteriorating conditions of the day. But the sight of those bluish-orange twisting sheets of ionized heat soothe her. “Remember the bunker? How nice it used to be in there?”

“I loved the bunker!” Mandy clasps her hands under her chin. “It was like one big dorm room. And the sub?”

“We should go back to the sub.” Yet as Triquet says it they realize how impossible that would be right now. Descending the tree trunk down that shaft in the tunnels would be agony on their ankle. What a dope, stumbling in the mud like that.

“We are not going anywhere.” Esquibel says it firmly, cutting the foolish notion off before they can seriously consider it. “This fire is the most important thing right now. Keeping Pradeep warm.”

“Did anybody bring food?” Flavia presses a hand against her growling belly. “I didn’t realize how hungry I am until now.”

“Shh.” Alonso holds up a hand. “There is somebody outside.”

They can all hear tentative footsteps on the planks of the porch. A tension winds in the air. Jay stands, gripping his knife. Is this it? Is this his moment? Is Wetchie-ghuy about to come barrelling in here with his potions and his spells? Where will Jay even stab him? He should probably decide before the whole thing goes down so he knows how to hold his knife. In the neck, like a stab down from above? Or a slash across his belly, which means he should reverse his grip and…

A figure leans in, dark and hidden, and a breathless voice hisses the Lisican greeting, the final syllable rising in hope. “Bontiik…?”

It is Katrina.

Mandy squeals and throws herself at her, pulling Katrina into the hut and squeezing her tight. The space is suddenly charged with everyone’s heat and movement, their exclamations and questions. They all have to hug Katrina, or at least touch her or pet her hair. For a long sweet interlude, it’s nothing but chatter and laughter and most of the sounds they make aren’t even words.

Finally they settle again. Katrina scans their faces. “Still no Amy? Blimey. Out somewhere in this storm? Poor dear. I hope the shamans are keeping her dry.”

“Jidadaa told us,” Alonso informs her, “that the shamans do not have her and neither she nor the golden childs know where Amy is. We are very worried. Very worried.”

“I mean… She’s an outdoors person, right? Probably living better than we are right now.”

“Where are the golden childs anyway? Have we seen them?”

“Oh, yeh.” Katrina points back out the door. “They’re out there a few houses down. Just watching. They’re kadánda dayadi, like the children of pollen. Don’t worry about them.”

“Why?” Triquet asks. “What does that mean?”

“So… From the beginning… They brought me to their village in the trees. Crazy place. Way up high in the redwoods. And they had this long ceremony to remove their masks up there. Lots of colored powders smeared on their skins then washed off. And when it was all over the bloke next to me took off his golden mask and he was just this guy. He introduced himself as Iwikanu. We were totally best buds. He took me to his parents’ house and they fed me some nice eggs and mash and his little sister couldn’t get over my pale white weirdness. Just like prodded me all night. She was so cute. But yeh. When he put his mask back on he wasn’t Iwikanu any more. They told me he transformed into an agent of the gods. The springtime god, to be exact. They’ve only got a couple more weeks of this before summer comes and the kadánda dayadi vanish like pollen on the wind.”

“So poetic.” Miriam unlaces Katrina’s shoes and peels off her socks for her. “And how did you learn all this?”

“Their chief speaks a bit of Russian. I learned so much. But here. Look. Check this out first.” Katrina holds up her prize, the sack that Iwikanu gifted her at the base of the tree. It is large and heavy and she is tired of carrying it.

Jay goggles. “What the hell? What is that made of?” He grabs the sack. “This is like pigskin. Feels like some giant hairy NFL football. Ew. Where’d you get that?”

“There’s boars, Jay. On the island. One attacked me. That’s why he took me back to their village. I needed to help him carry—”

“I knew it!” Jay crows. “Remember when the bad village showed up and they had those cross-braces on their spears? I just knew there had to be big-game hunting! And what’s in here?”

“Go ahead and open it.”

Jay unfolds the irregular flaps of the sack to find ingots of raw flesh, gleaming and purple, inside. Dozens. “What the…? Oh, baby! We’re eating like kings tonight!”

The hut fills with their joyful clamor once again. Nobody is happier than Flavia. She grabs Katrina and kisses her face over and over. Jay hops up and down like a child at Christmas. Only Alonso sighs, doleful, and Triquet sees it. “Ah, what’s wrong, boss man? Not a pork guy?”

“I love it. But I miss my wine. It would pair so well.”

Triquet giggles. “And bring me some truffle oil while we’re at it.”

Alonso laughs, appreciating the teasing. “Yes, I’m a wretched alcoholic, it’s true. Very spoiled. Eh. Mira. This bag is made from a single pig, just stitched up the sides. Kind of gross.”

“I don’t think that meat is very hygienic,” Esquibel cautions. “How long has it been out? Over 24 hours, yes?”

“Well they didn’t carve it up until this morning if that makes you feel any better. Then they rubbed this oil all over it and packed it away. I didn’t think I was going to get to taste it. Was kind of broken up about it, to be honest. But they were just waiting to give me my share! Oh, he was such a brute. His tusks were so scary, just like these pointed broken giant teeth coming at you.”

“Ehh…” Esquibel is unconvinced. “What kind of oil?” But then Jay gently drops the first steaks directly on the burning coals and the sizzle fills the night air with heady scents. “Just make sure you sear all the edges at least.” Then Esquibel has to stop talking because there is suddenly too much saliva in her mouth.

They all watch in silence as Jay cooks. He is a timeless figure, stooped over the flames, tending to the first feast of the hunt. From time to time he pokes at the sizzling meat with his fingers, testing its consistency. Within a few minutes he’s pulling the first ones free, knocking the ash from the charred crust.

Flavia has found a small flat tray in her belongings that can serve as a plate. “Here, Jay. Right here. Come to mama.”

With a grimace he drops it onto her plate and waves his fingers to cool them. Jay grins at Flavia, wolfish. “Let me know how it is.”

Flavia kisses him. “I have never been so attracted to you as I am right now.” They all laugh at her but now there is a sharp edge of anticipation in it as they crowd round. Flavia doesn’t even offer to share. She picks at it, blowing on the steak to cool it, and tears a bit off the corner. “Oh. Che meraviglia. So good. A little chewy. Gamey. Is that the word? But who cares.”

She hands the plate to Esquibel, who wrinkles her nose, inspects it minutely, then takes a bite. “Ah. Very hot. That is good.” She waves her hand in front of her face. “To kill the bacteria so… Oh.” Then she starts chewing in earnest. “Oh. This is amazing.”

“Yeah, I bet that oil is really helping lock in the juices.” Jay giggles, dropping the next finished steak on top of the first. Mandy finds another lid as a plate and soon they’re all eating and groaning in pleasure, falling back against the walls of the hut with dirt and ash and grease smeared on their chins.

“But what did you learn from this chief of theirs?” Alonso finally asks Katrina, licking his fingers. “You say he speaks Russian. That is another thing Jidadaa told us, that Russians visit them regularly. The tree village. What did you learn about that?”

“Oh, you saw Jidadaa? How is she?”

“Same as ever. She rescued Prad from Wetchie-ghuy at least.” Jay allows some grudging admiration to color his words.

Esquibel repeats, “Katrina. Tell us of the Russians.”

“It’s not a very good relationship.” Katrina is still eating. She can’t stop and there’s still three steaks they haven’t finished. “Lots of distrust. Strictly transactional I think, although I can’t figure out what the Russians give the Thunderbirds in return. The Shidl Dít. Like I didn’t see any modern stuff anywhere up on their platform. Maybe like some winter coats from Siberia or something.”

“And what do the Russians want from the Thunderbirds?” Esquibel locates a notepad and pen. She wants to make sure she gets what Katrina tells her recorded word-for-word. This is the most valuable intelligence she can bring back.

“And why are they even called the Thunderbirds?” Jay wonders. “I mean, like there are only a few birds in the whole world that can strictly be called thunderbirds and we haven’t—”

“Jay.”

“Sup, Doc?”

“Let her answer my question first please. National security and all that.”

“Oh. For sure.”

Katrina shrugs. “Well, like I said, there’s a lot of distrust. And like layers, you know? So I didn’t get what you’d call a straight answer. But they really opened up after I sang them some Marvin Gaye. They think I’m some kind of wizard.”

“That is so wild that they don’t have music.” Jay shakes his head. “I mean, can you imagine what your daily life would—?”

“Jay! Please!” Esquibel glares at him.

Katrina shakes her head in memory of the painstaking dialogue. “We went back and forth. Lots of miming. After a couple hours of that, what I was finally able to figure out is that what the Russians want here more than anything is the foxes.”

Esquibel’s pen is poised above the blank sheet of note paper. She blinks. “Eh? The foxes? What do you mean?”

“You mean like for their fur?” Jay frowns. “That’s so, like, 19th century. Nobody wears fur any more.”

“Okay… Eh…” Miriam can make no more sense of it than any of the others. “So did the Thunderbirds give them the foxes?”

“On that point,” Katrina manages through a full mouth, “they were quite clear. Absolutely not.”

They all consider this in a perplexed silence.

“But what did the Russians have to say about the Americans or the Chinese? Anything on that?” Esquibel can’t tell her superiors that the Russians were here like English bloody lords hunting foxes for sport. They’d tell her this whole mission was a waste.

“They don’t know. I tried to get kind of geopolitical for a bit but the Thunderbirds are like wildly incurious about the world outside. They know Lisica and its three tribes and that’s about it. But they know Lisica better than anyone else, I’m pretty sure. Even better than the shamans. The Dandawu has the deep cuts, that’s for sure. Like, they recognized the name Maureen Dowerd, Triquet. They like fully remember her.”

“Oh my god. The modern mystery. Yes,” Triquet groans. “Can we please get back to that?”

“She was a friend to all the tribes. The only one who could speak to everyone, even the great shaman at the time, Aan Eyagídi. It was the first time they had met an outsider who was a woman and not a soldier. And he spoke of her great heart. She sounds like a lovely woman. Very charming.”

“And then she fell in love with a local.”

“Yes, and that is when the fractures appeared. The Shidl Dít had no problem with their affair and the child she had. But those nasty Ussiaxan condemned them both. He said they’re the ones who caused her death. And for years they hunted her lover too. Killed him when he was old. But their lineage lives on. All those blond curls. Morska Vidra’s village mostly had no problem, but some did and left them to go live across the river. Reactionairies and their racial purity. Tale as old as time.”

Jay calculates. “So it was the, like, grandparents of the Lady Boss and that whole crew who killed Maureen? Poor thing.”

“Not exactly. We went round and round about this all night. The Dandawu used different words for what the Ussiaxan did to Maureen and her lover. They killed her lover. That was clear. But for her he used a more complex phrase, like ‘they brought about the reasons for her death.’ Like they set some kind of trap.”

“That’s wicked.” Triquet shakes their head. “And this is how the past informs the present. I wasn’t sure the bad tribe would hold their grudge forever but it sounds like that’s exactly what they do.”

“And the Dandawu confirmed the Ussiaxan kept all the secrets. On Maureen Dowerd and the Russians and the Americans and the Chinese. When Wetchie-ghuy deposed Aan Eyagídi during the time of the twelfth mothers, the Ussiaxan took all the island’s maps and diaries and keepsakes to what they call the treasure house—”

Triquet claps their hands to their mouth. “Oh my god there’s actual diaries out there? Plural? Mine mine mine! Ooo baby. That’s like textual chronology primary source white gold.”

“Yeah, but all surrounded by about like sixty warlike spear-warriors,” Jay reminds them. “We’d need like Seal Team Six to drop on their heads if we want to snag their shit.”

Now Esquibel is writing. “It is in their village, you say?”

But Katrina hesitates. “Ehm, you aren’t going to like call in a missile strike or anything, are you?”

“Are you serious? No. I can’t do that. This is just information-gathering. A big part of my job here.”

“I mean he didn’t tell me exactly, but yeh. I figure it’s in there with all their holy holies.”

“Do any of the Ussiaxan speak Russian?” Alonso doesn’t like how close this aggressive tribe is. Just across the creek. How much will their taboo to cross it matter if they are impelled by a greater need to kill the foreigners? “Can we reason with them?”

“No. Chinese. They’ve been contacted regularly by the Chinese, who come in from the north and always avoid the Russians and the Americans.” Katrina looks everywhere but at Esquibel. “They also used to be the contact tribe for the Japanese, like 80 or 90 years ago during the war.”

“That was the bunker I found on the west coast during that first storm.” Maahjabeen shakes her head at the memory. It seems like it was from six years ago, not six weeks. “Definitely old. Definitely Japanese. And Soviet too. So there’s some crossover.”

“I really need to get a look at that site.” Triquet flexes their ankle. “Some day. Could you like tow me on a raft?”

“Oh, the breakers would never allow it.”

“And the other really cool thing he told me,” Katrina continues, “is about the founding of the island. He said it was one man and two sisters. They were Eyat but he was Rumelian.”

“Rumelian?” Alonso wonders. “What is Rumelian?”

“I have no idea,” Katrina answers. “I was hoping one of you would know.”

But none of them do.

“What are you doing?” Flavia asks Jay, as he shakes as much water off his coat as possible and pulls it back on.

“Just thinking. One place I haven’t looked. Maybe it would be a good idea before it gets too late.”

“Where’s that?” Miriam asks.

“In the caves. That’s got to be where they’re hiding, right?”

“The sub,” Triquet grumbles. “Scattering all my sorted piles.”

“Who knows?” Jay goes to the door and pulls Mandy’s blanket wide. The loud drumming of the rain is disheartening, convincing all the others to stay by the fire. “Back in a sec.”

“That boy is a lunatic,” Alonso announces. “But I am glad we have him back.”

Jay returns nearly instantly. “Yep. Cave mouth is just full of all their belongings. But no villagers to be seen. They got no faith in their huts during a storm like this, I guess. And look!” He pulls a bundle of sticks through the door. “Stole some of their firewood!”

All the others are pleased, but Katrina thinks back on her time with the Dandawu and all the kindnesses his people showed her. She shakes her head in despair. “God, we suck.”

Chapter 47 – Their Own Game

November 18, 2024

Lisica Chapters

Thanks for joining us for the fourth and final volume of our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is lisica-cover-webpage.png

Audio for this episode:

47 – Their Own Game

Jay’s hammock swings gently in the breeze. He is half-awake in the night’s darkness, comforted by its rocking. He’d dispensed with putting the rain fly over the hammock last night, taking a chance that the storm is fully over. He’d been so damn tired. Like a zombie, he’d just strung the basic bits up, slipped the underquilt over, and passed out in his bag.

Now he’s awake and the wind pushes on the hammock, swinging him like a baby in a bassinet. Wait. Why is he awake? He should be able to sleep for another like twelve hours no problem after the shit he’s just gone through.

His hammock abruptly stops. So does his breath. Someone has stepped close and the swing ends in a bump.

“Jay…” The voice is a hiss. “Jay lidass…”

Jay groans. “Oh, no. What do you want now, Jidadaa?”

She glances significantly beside her. Jay lifts his head and looks. One of the golden childs stands behind. “Oh yeah? You want me to see that you two made up and you’re all besties now? Cool. So happy for you.” He waits but she doesn’t respond. He groans. “And now you’re gonna make me figure it all out myself? What that means. Can’t you just like spell it out for me? Jesus. Can’t handle all the hidden shit. Just talk yo talk, sister.”

“Thunderbird house. They find Kula. Make deal. Good deal.”

“Right. The golden masks are the Thunderbirds. The secret village nobody knows. Kay. So they talked to your mom and she talked to you and you’re on team gold now. Cool. Super stoked for you both. But I figured that out when the golden dude handed me my phone back, didn’t I? Now good night.” Jay lies back down and closes his eyes.

Jidadaa bumps him again with her hip. “Yes, they are Shidl Dít. They live in trees.”

“Groovy.”

A long suspended silence finally snaps. Jay can’t take it any more. He sighs in irritation and his eyes open. They are both still looking at him like a pair of cats who need to be let outside.

“Fine. What? What? Just stop staring at me like that.” Jay sits up, realizing he’s not getting any more rest any time soon. He scrubs his greasy hair. “Don’t you people ever sleep?”

“Jay, it is time.”

The golden childs turns away slightly, like a door swinging open. He is inviting Jay to come with them.

“You do realize I’m exhausted, and injured, and I’ve only had one hot meal now in the last like eighty hours, right?”

“It is time. You are lidass.”

“Nope. Not going nowhere. Well at least I ain’t going nowhere without telling everyone. And then we all get to make ‘the decide.’” Jay points at the golden childs. “He tell you what his boss wants me to do? Kill Wetchie-ghuy? Can you believe that shit?”

Jidadaa only regards him.

“Oh, Jesus, not you too. Look, I’ll come with you no problem if you’re like taking me to Amy. Is that what we’re doing? Going to where my missing boss is? Rescue her from wherever she is?”

Jidadaa confers briefly with the golden childs in Lisican. His voice is soft and muffled behind the mask.

Jay points at the youth in accusation. “I knew you all could talk, bro. I knew it!”

“We do not know where your Amy is.”

This sobers Jay. “You don’t? That’s fucked up.”

“Yes. Jay is lidass. I am Jidadaa. Must begin.” She clasps her hands together. “Long to make. Hard to do. Much work. You and me. Start now.”

“What was that? With your hands. You and me together? What, are we going to like get married now?”

“What is with all that chatter over there?” Flavia’s annoyance cuts through the darkness. “Who is talking so much at… after three o’clock in the morning?”

“I know, right?” Triquet responds from the platform beside hers. “And they don’t sound very happy with each other.”

“It’s Jidadaa,” Jay calls out. “She’s here to take me away. And you can all imagine how thrilled I am at that prospect.”

“What? No.” Esquibel’s muffled voice comes from within the clean room. “No no no. You are going nowhere. Tell her to come back in the morning and maybe we will discuss it.”

“That’s what I said and she says it’s got to be now.”

“Somebody wake up Alonso.” Triquet calls out. “Miriam?”

“Poor thing,” Miriam yawns. “Finally sleeping so soundly. Zo. Darling. We need you.”

“Uh?” Alonso snorts and blinks himself awake.

Jay speaks loudly now for the whole camp. “Jidadaa is telling me that some part of her prophecy or something is getting started now. That I’m leed-ass, some kind of destined figure to them. And they want me to kill Wetchie-ghuy.”

“Wait wait…” Miriam rubs her forehead. She needs Jay to slow down. “Is this the same prophecy as before?”

“Nobody is killing anyone here.” Esquibel steps out of the clean room, her hand held up. “Do you understand that, Jidadaa? Wait. Where are you? I can’t see you in the dark. Ah, there you are. No, we are not on this island to get involved in any of the local politics and we absolutely will not kill anyone for you.”

“Not for me. For Lisica. For you.” Jidadaa’s voice is sibilant and chilling, rising from the blackness. “Wetchie-ghuy say no. He say his way. He argue he have different destiny. His prophet poem fight our prophet poem. And other. The big argument.”

“Just how many of these prophet poems are there on this island?” Triquet unzips their tent and emerges, shivering.

“Nine and three and five.”

“Okay. Uh. I don’t really know what to do with that information. Where’s Katrina? We need someone to turn on the lights.”

“What, she never came back?” Now Miriam is fully alert.

“Katrina is with the Shidl Dít,” Jidadaa informs them. “People of Thunderbird. Live in the trees. She has long speech with their Dandawu all night.”

Miriam groans. “Bloody Katrina. Why would she just disappear like that when she knows we have to stay together?”

Mandy squeaks from her own tent, “Oh my god. Is she safe?”

Esquibel slips back into the clean room to dress herself.

Jidadaa nods. “Safe, yes. Bound.”

“Bound?” Miriam doesn’t like the sound of that. “Bound with what? Ropes?”

“Words.”

“Jidadaa,” Alonso begins, his voice rough but kind, “I appreciate that this, eh, moment is very important to you and you obviously worked very hard to make this prophecy happen, but you must see this from our point of view. We are just trying to get some sleep after a very long day. Jay isn’t a figure in your prophet poem. He is just a normal man. I do not know what to tell you except that I am sorry. We cannot help you. Please. Grant him some peace. He has had a very rough few days.”

“It is time. We must begin.” But Jidadaa’s pleas fall on deaf ears.

“Wait. Stop. Esquibel exits the clean room dressed in her warm layers and holding her phone, its light beating back the darkness. “No more of this dancing around and around it. Tell us the whole thing.” She crosses to the hammock where Jidadaa stands with the golden childs. “All of it. What the bloody conflict is here. Why we’re under attack. Whose soldiers were on the beach. We need actual data. No more of your mysterious secrets and orders from on high. You answer all our questions to our satisfaction and then we might decide that we can help you. Okay?”

“Ha. Good luck.” Jay groans and settles back into his bag.

“First.” Esquibel faces Jidadaa, hand on hip. “What exactly are you asking Jay to do?”

“Today, make first sacrifice. Make promise. Join my hand.”

“Make Jay your… ? Your husband?”

“No. My koox̱.”

“Oh, fuck that.” Jay sits up again with a scowl. “Koox̱ is slave. I’ll have to follow her around and do whatever she says. So you’ll like order me to kill Wetchie-ghuy and I can’t say no?”

“Yes.” Then a wild laugh escapes Jidadaa. She grabs, breathless, at Jay’s arm. “This is the prophet poem. Very big chance, live or die. Wetchie ghuy has old poem. Strong story. Story everybody know. Make himself power. But Daadaxáats say no. Lisica say no. They tell other prophet poem. Then Shidl Dít. They have other prophet poem. The people talk. Outsiders come from all direction. Shidl Dít talk to Russian. Keleptel talk to American. Ussiaxan talk to Japanese then Chinese man. All get different story. But now, all people of Lisica talk. Cross river. Learn other poem.”

“Wait. The Chinese are here…?” Esquibel exclaims. “That’s an important bit. Since when? How many? What is their mission?”

“No. Nobody know. Nobody talk to Ussiaxan.”

“You just said all the people of Lisica are talking!” Jay is irate. “So which is it? Cross the river. So the Ussiaxan are the ones who attacked me, yeah? At Kula’s that one night, with the spear in my side? With the Lady Boss and all them? They’re the ones, yeah?”

Jidadaa goes back to her appeal. “Tonight, make first sacrifice. Tomorrow, next sacrifice. Every night.”

“What is this sacrifice?” Triquet asks. “Wetchie-ghuy?”

“No. He very last sacrifice.”

“Ah. Building up to it, are we?”

“First sacrifice is blood and feather.”

“Sacrifice to…?” Now Triquet has an anthropological curiosity about the belief systems in play.

“God of midnight wind. God of big wave that take you from shore.” Jidadaa points with her thumb at precise spots on the horizon where each of these gods apparently reside. “Lisica must be give charm. Make her happy. Cover in flowers.”

“How many gods do you have?”

“No, not my gods.” Jidadaa snorts and pokes her thumb at the golden childs. “His gods. His prophet poem. Strong poem. Kula make Shidl Dít happy. Is good. Very strong tribe.”

“So who are your gods?”

“No gods.” Now Jidadaa’s eyes dart across the ground. “Live in cave with Kula. Men come and go. No gods.”

“Let us change the subject, if you please.” Esquibel suppresses the sharp pang of guilt she feels for this poor creature. No time for it here in the middle of the night. They all need Jidadaa to tell them clearly what is happening here and why. But so far she still hasn’t. “So what you’re telling us, if I understand correctly, is that different nations have shown up over the last, what, hundred years? And influenced different factions of the Lisicans so that their prophet poems reflect the agendas and priorities of the nations guiding them?”

But Jidadaa is busy counting it all up on her fingers. “Seventeen. Seventeen prophet poem.”

“And they’ve all been weaponized? Eh? The prophet poem? One is what the Americans want. One is what the Russians want, yes?”

Jidadaa disagrees. “Prophet poems are secret.”

“So nobody knows about these poems except us?”

“Most. Most…” Jidadaa searches for a way to explain what she means with her limited vocabulary. Finally she gives up and shrugs, repeating, “Most.”

Jay’s head pops up again. “She doesn’t know where Amy is, I already asked her.”

“So one of the shamans has Amy?” Esquibel wishes more than anything that this could be a more linear exchange of information. Any structure at all would be useful. But instead of bullet points or powerpoint slides she’s just chasing phantoms in the dark. “Okay. Missing one of our own, captured by an unknown enemy. Kind of a counter-insurgency scenario. Come on, everyone. Think. What does that do for our position? What exactly is our position?”

“We’re being asked to jump on board with Team Thunderbird,” Jay explains. “I think they’re like the keepers of the old knowledge, for the most part. Closest to the Lisica spirit, yeah, Jidadaa?”

“Yes. Close to Lisica.”

“So if they’re so close why can’t one of your old-soul golden childs do the deed on Wetchie-ghuy? Answer me that. Why do I got to be the one who caps him?”

“Cannot fight and win. Wetchie-ghuy too strong.”

“Well maybe if he takes off his fucking mask he’d have a chance,” Jay seethes. “You think I have a chance? No way. I’ve seen how fast that old man can move. He’d cut me in pieces before I even took a step. This is just not happening. I don’t have it in me, chica. Find another killer.”

“Jidadaa start tonight, if you come or not. Jidadaa start anyway.” Her voice is quiet, eerie in the lightshot dark.

“Well that’s just too fucking bad. Cause I ain’t coming. Go ahead and get your Jidadaa started without me.”

But Esquibel still needs actionable intelligence here. Not this background gibberish. She can make no sense of this latest appeal. “What is it? What exactly will you start, Jidadaa?”

“No. Jidadaa not my name. Jidadaa is doom. Doom start tonight even if Jay lidass sleep in his bed. Doom start now.”

Ξ

“Knock knock.” Esquibel stands at the edge of Mandy’s platform, holding a bouquet of wildflowers.

Silence from within Mandy’s tent. Esquibel knows she is in there. She’s been watching since she got up at dawn. Mandy hasn’t once left her shelter.

“Mandy G.?” This is an old nickname, one that should indicate how much Esquibel wants to kiss and make up. But still there is no answer. Jealousy flares in Esquibel’s viscera. So she isn’t in there? She didn’t sleep here last night? Mandy couldn’t take more than a single night alone before running into the arms of… Who? Katrina is gone. Maybe Flavia?

Finally Mandy unzips her tent and stares out at Esquibel. She says nothing, her fine black hair a frizzy veil obscuring her eyes. She doesn’t even look at the flowers.

Esquibel’s smile falters. “Can we talk?”

Mandy withdraws her head. But the tent flap remains open. With a sigh, Esquibel realizes this is going to be more difficult than she hoped. She places the wildflowers on a corner of the platform and folds herself nearly in half to get through the tent door.

It smells like Mandy in here, sweet and salty. Oh, how Esquibel loves that smell. She loves everything about Mandy and wishes she could just fall into her arms and dream the entire day away.

Yet first… “I am… very sorry.”

But still Mandy says nothing. She looks bruised, like she’s spent a long sleepless night alone in here.

“Oh, Mands. You have no idea how sorry I am. I was wicked to you, absolutely horrid. You didn’t deserve a word of my…”

But Mandy is shrinking away from her. Esquibel wisely stops.

They sit in breathless silence. Now Esquibel is scared. Mandy has never pulled away from her before. Perhaps she should leave.

A sudden tear spills from Esquibel’s eye and she stifles a sob. Oh, what a mess. Why did one of the only women she’s ever loved have to be here on this mission? Now she’s miserable, knowing that she caused her beloved such pain. “I’m just so sorry!”

Mandy watches her, dull. She has no reaction to Esquibel’s tears.

“I will give you all the space you need. I apologize for all the pain I caused. I’ll go.” In meek surrender Esquibel ducks her head and starts backing out of the tent. She is nearly gone when Mandy finally whispers:

“Why are you hiding things from me?”

Esquibel stops, mid-crawl. She is facing down, her tears dropping on Mandy’s foam sleeping pad. Oh, no. This might be even worse.

“I can tell you’re hiding… something. And you want me to just carry on like nothing’s happening. And I can’t. I just can’t any more. I can’t be with someone who doesn’t trust—”

“I absolutely trust you. I love you, Mandy.”

“But you’re hiding something. Someone. Yesterday morning you smelled like Katrina and now she’s gone. Is there something you want to tell me about what you might know about that?”

This hits far too close to home for Esquibel. She gasps and sits back on her heels, reaching out for Mandy. “Is that what you think? That I’ve been sneaking off to sleep with Katrina and hiding it from you? Oh, Mandy, no. Never. I…”

“Then what are you doing? What are you keeping from me?”

“Ehh…” Esquibel’s eyes go wide and roll back and forth. She is trapped. “Would you be satisfied knowing there is a military matter I must keep to myself and can you leave it at that?”

“A military matter? Like… what? Like is there a radio? Are you two sneaking off to give reports in the dark or something?”

Esquibel finally eases a bit, relieved to have Mandy chasing a false trail. Now her training kicks in. “I can’t tell you, darling. It’s classified. If I told you I could be court martialed, kicked out of the Navy, sent to prison. All kinds of horrors.”

“Does Katrina know?”

Oh, this inexorable bloody girl. Why won’t she just drop it already? Mandy can tell whenever Esquibel is hiding something from her? Fantastic. This is an absolutely untenable strategic posture for an undercover remote operative. It’s like being followed around by a mind reader. “I have… I made a solemn promise to myself long ago to never tell you a lie, Mandy. And I have held myself to it. But I do have another side to my life. I wish I could share all of it with you. Really, I do. It would be wonderful if I could share all of myself. But it is best for all of us that I can’t. Legally, morally, tactically…”

Mandy still watches her. Esquibel tentatively reaches out and wipes the fine hairs from across her face. Distrust is in Mandy’s eyes. Esquibel leans back again.

Mandy struggles to speak. “So Katrina does know. What is she doing? Is she some kind of spy or something?”

“No. No no. Nothing like that. She is just… Well. You know how Katrina is. Her crazy mind just never stops…” Esquibel wiggles her fingers and turns invisible dials in imitation of DJ Bubblegum.

“I can’t have you and her sharing a secret.” Mandy’s voice is tiny as she hugs herself. “Not her.”

“I understand how hard that is for you and you must believe me it is just an unfortunate, ehh…” Esquibel rolls away in a ball, knowing she can’t say another word. Mandy is too insightful.

“Secrets. Lies.” Mandy lifts a numb hand and drops it on her lover’s hunched back. Not to comfort her, just to read her even better. Shit, what was Mandy thinking, falling for a Navy officer? She’d known enough of them on Hawai’i. Her family had sworn them off as schemers and coldhearted foreigners for generations, even though they drove like half the islands’ economy. Now here she is, mixed right up in the middle of some goddamn military spy novel, facing the prospect of losing both Katrina and Esquibel to a bunch of geopolitical nonsense she can’t ever even know. “You know, as a certified control freak, I just can’t do this. I can’t… I mean, I’m ready to give you my whole life. When this is over, I was thinking I’d follow you…” Mandy shakes her head, heartbroken. “But how can I actually do that? I don’t even know who you are.”

Esquibel has no answer to that.

“And yeah it’s unfortunate. You just like full-on interrogated Jidadaa in the middle of the night. But god forbid anyone ever does that to you. I don’t know what to do with you, Esquibel. Doctor Daine. Lieutenant Commander Esquibel Daine. I mean, that’s who you really are, isn’t it? Those aren’t just titles. They’re part of your name now.”

“I swore oaths. I take them very seriously.”

“Okay. Let’s say you were me. Let’s say our positions were—”

“Oh, Mandy, you know I could never abide it. I’d go insane and drive you crazy. It isn’t fair. I know that. I’m so sorry. None of this was my intention. Nobody told me you’d be here. But when I saw you, nothing could keep me from falling back in love with you.”

“Stop it, Skeebee.”

“You have to know. I do what I do for you. For all of you. Some day you may learn that I made… a terrible sacrifice. And I just need you to know I did it because I love you. I love all of you here. You are not just my charges any more. Alonso was right. You are my big Cuban family. And I swear I will protect you.”

Mandy stares at Esquibel, her lower lip trembling. “Now you’re scaring me. Just what have you got yourself mixed up in? God. Why couldn’t you just be a normal doctor?”

Esquibel expels a fatalistic sigh. “Honestly? Student loans.”

Ξ

“Come here… Come here…” Amy’s voice echoes in Alonso’s ears like a mermaid calling to him from the deep. “Look at this. I have something to show you.”

Alonso opens his sticky eyelids and rises effortlessly in the dewy morning air. He passes through the fabric walls of the tent and glides across the dry brown needle carpet of pine camp. Miriam is at the kitchen tables, stirring a pot, chatting with Flavia. Esquibel is working in her clean room, the blurred outline of her silhouette visible through the sheeting.

Alonso follows Amy through sun-shot wilderness, quite certain this is a dream. She is a small dark figure leading him through patches of steaming fog, isolated birdsong in the canopy making his heart ache. He had forgotten how beautiful Lisica is, with all the recent drama and terror and labor. Now he is reminded that this entire island is a spellbinding fantasy landscape with the greens of Avalon and the shadows of El Greco.

She kneels, beckoning to him, gray-streaked hair hanging down and obscuring all of her face except a laughing eye. Dear god when did Amy get so old? Alonso lifts his own hand to find it veiny and splotched with purple. He drops it in dismay.

“Look at this.”

Alonso kneels beside her and peers at the beautiful purple flower she holds delicately between her fingertips. “Amazing.” It opens like a trumpet, the flaring petals stitched with dark lines and stippled with pale green and yellow dots. All of it dives into the center of a luminous golden well, its pistil rising as a delicate limb, the golden dollop at the end waving at him for attention.

There is a kernel of revelation in there. Alonso is sure of it. If only he could get a sample for Plexity, then he would understand.

Breaking the reverie, Alonso pulls back, shaking his head in wonder. Now it is no longer Amy beside him. It is her dead self, the compact male body and slicked-back hair of the boy he had loved. Those white-framed Ray Bans he had sported for several summers in the late eighties are perched on his forehead. So young again! And now Alonso’s hands are young again too, slim and long and brown. He cries out in joy and kisses his own palms, thrilled beyond measure to have them back. They no longer hurt. He looks at his feet. They are also magically healed. All pain has left him.

He catches up Amy’s hand and kisses it. She is Amy once again but an Amy he never saw. She is young and female. So beautiful.

“Did you see?” She directs his attention back to the purple flower. “It’s the mouth.”

“The mouth? No. What do you mean?” Alonso studies the flower, hoping for a clue. He stretches his body out, facing down, his nose almost touching the flower. At this range he has nearly microscopic powers of observation. He counts shining beads of nectar hanging from the stalk’s glistening whiskers. And he follows a busy crew of fluorescent green aphids across the petals as they vanish into the flower’s brilliant white heart.

“The mouth of the island. Everything she consumes must pass through the flower.”

“Its eye? Is that what you call it?” Alonso’s voice is doubtful, pretty sure Amy has just bastardized a biblical proverb about camels and needles instead of sharing a real insight. And how does that even work, a single blossom serving as the intake point for something as huge and complex as an island? Very improbable, that. Alonso is unconvinced.

But Amy senses his cynicism—she must have. Because when Alonso looks up she is no longer there. And the purple flower has vanished. The forest is dark and cold. There are no flowers, only shriveled nubs hiding below storm wrack. This is winter. And he doesn’t know where camp is. He should have been paying better attention when Amy led him here. Now he is lost in the dark.

No… There is a light, a halo of golden illumination in the night. Flickering. A small campfire, with a figure seated across it. This isn’t Amy. Alonso studies the seated figure cautiously, as if they’re a dangerous adversary. “Aha. You’re one of these shamans. The ones everyone says are arguing, yes?” Alonso indicates the dreamscape surrounding them. “This is all your idea, is it?”

It is a small goblin of a figure, of indeterminate age and gender. Their dark face is seamed and pitted, the eyes little more than slits but bursting with malicious glee. Tangled collections of bone and feather fetishes hang from cords woven into their hair and around their thick neck.

Alonso reaches for the barely-remembered details of previous conversations. “Let’s see. You aren’t the one that everyone keeps seeing, that Wetchie shaman. No, you’re the other one, aren’t you? They said your name was secret so we gave you a name. What was it? Sherman. Ha. We call you Sherman, did you know that?”

The shaman tracks Alonso as he approaches. In reply to all these questions, the shaman opens their mouth and a dense white fog spills out, running down their chin and dropping into their lap.

“Dios mío.” Alonso stops. “No, you can’t scare me. You think you are the keeper of the secret knowledge but you are not. I am. I am the one peeling back the mysteries of the ages. I am the one neatly dividing the world into its constituent components!” Alonso ends in a roar, a surprising amount of fury fueling his declaration. But it is justified. This pendejo has caused them so much grief, trying to poison people he loves. “No. Wickedness blinds you. You think you have some monopoly on knowledge hidden from the eyes of the common man? Ha. Try being a statistician!” Alonso has no idea if any of his words are being understood but the point is certainly clear. “You know nothing. Sherman. You just sit here in your little world casting your little spells. You don’t even know what flower the mouth of Lisica is.”

This makes Sherman snap their mouth shut. Their eyes bulge at the mention of the island’s mouth. It is clear Alonso guessed right. Sherman dearly wants to know this arcane fact but has no clue. If only Alonso knew what any of that meant…

“And you think I will tell you? No. Never. I only know because someone who loves me told me. And no one will ever love you.”

Now Sherman’s sharp eyes are piercing Alonso, right through his skull. But he laughs. “Is that the best death stare you got? Nice try. I survived five years of torture. And those fucking sadists made me look in their eyes the whole time they yanked on my fingernails…” Alonso bears down on Sherman, opening the doors in his mind that nearly always remain shut. “You want horrors? I got plenty.”

Sherman trembles, then finally drops their own eyes. It is clear they are shocked by what they see scored upon Alonso’s soul.

Alonso drops this terrible aspect and frowns, considering. “Do I even have a soul? Eh. It doesn’t matter. Normally I would say not a chance, but also normally I am not having magical battles with shamans in my dreams. So here, in this place, yes, sure, you saw my soul and what those monsters did to it. And you did not like what you saw, eh? The horrors of the modern world. You have no shaman second-sight for this one, do you?”

Sherman squints at Alonso as if they are staring into the sun. “You… are… shaman too.”

Alonso grunts in surprise to hear the shaman speak words he can understand. But he insantly disputes them. “No. I am far more powerful than a shaman, you asshole. I am a scientist.”

Ξ

Maahjabeen waits for a brief morning shower to end outside before she ventures from Pradeep’s side in the clean room. He doesn’t appear to sleep. He only stares into the middle distance. He is like a doll the shamans have tired of fighting over and now they have just cast him into a corner. It is nearly breaking her, holding this empty vessel so tightly.

She kisses the corner of his eye and he doesn’t even twitch. With a sigh she stands and slips outside, the brown needle carpet wet against the soles of her bare feet. Maahjabeen needs to discuss her plan with someone. Not Alonso. They always fight. Not Triquet, busy at the kitchen. Perhaps Miriam and Flavia will be the support she needs. They are in the meadow, halfway to the creek, working on something with tools. Maahjabeen locates her slip-ons and a windshirt. It is cool in the aftermath of the shower.

From a distance, the meadow looks like a solid monoculture of some long green grass rippling in the wind. But as you get near, the number of species explode. Some are more like dense ground cover beneath the grasses. Others are beds of tiny yellow and white flowers that she tries to not trample. Tall stands of waving stalks have the leaves of tomato plants. Then there are the thistles, tiny and angry with bright orange flowers. They are easy to spot after she gets lanced by sharp thorns the first time. And all the waving grasses are a riot of species, some tall and thin with rounded stalks, some with long bladed leaves like bamboo. Fluted lilies are being visited by pale bees. Best to avoid them too, Maahjabeen doesn’t know if they sting. She knows very little about wild meadows like this in general. If she was anywhere else she’d be afraid of snakes.

“Why, it’s Maahjabeen. How are you, dear?” Miriam stands in a trench up to her knees, spade in hand. Her fair face is splotched red from exertion and a stray auburn curl hangs from beneath her sun hat. Flavia crouches beside her with a pile of sample jars.

Maahjabeen studies Miriam. Only now does she realize how dispirited she’s become from her vigil beside Pradeep’s body. This kind of industry is beyond her. To think, she would ply the ocean waves for hours, carving herself forward with her paddles. She has always been so proud of her strong arms and shoulders and back. It all seems so far away now, like it’s a story she heard about someone else. Someone more fortunate, younger and more full of hope. “He is not changed.” Maahjabeen reacts to the naked scar of raw earth among all this luxuriant life. “Did you have to bury the flowers?”

“Flowers everywhere, love. Couldn’t be helped. How are you?”

Maahjabeen crouches on her heels at the edge of the trench Miriam has dug. It is all undifferentiated root networks and reddish soil, as far as she can tell. “How deep will you have to dig before you find something interesting?”

“How deep? Why, we are already finding all sorts of interesting things. Aren’t we, Flavia?”

Holding up several sealed sample jars, Flavia simply says, “Bugs.”

“And for the geology?”

Miriam laughs, tossing another spadeful of dirt on her pile. “As soon as I start digging, the discoveries begin. And we never want them to stop. It’s always budget or time or personnel constraints that does us in. If I had my way I’d drill down forever, until the bit melted in the magma. We know so little about what exists under the mantle. Have you ever considered that, Maahjabeen? Flavia? Have you ever given a thought as to what the ground is actually made of, right below your feet? Why, we know more about Alpha Centauri than we do about what it’s really like a kilometer straight down. I mean, imagine.”

Flavia shakes her head no. “Don’t imagine. That’s when you get stories of things living underground. Like devils and lizard people and dwarves. People imagined. And it’s only because they couldn’t conceptualize,” Flavia waves her hands around her head, “the impossible sea of molten rock down there. They had to put people of some kind in it. But it’s just molten rock forever, isn’t it?”

“Well, there are competing models now. It is certainly quite complex, like Maahjabeen’s oceans, aye? Currents and upwellings. Most of the mantle is actually solid rock, but in geological timescales it acts as a viscous fluid. Just imagine. The hardest rock on the planet, getting turned like taffy in the depths over the ages. No, it’s only near the very center that the rock turns liquid.”

“What kinds of rock?” Maahjabeen lifts one of the bits of gravel Miriam has excavated. It is gray and smooth, like a river stone.

“Down there? Peridotites and other silicates. All kinds, a huge class of minerals and crystals differentiated by their molecular structure, how the silicon bonds are built and what they allow. But that’s just a bit of sandstone there, in your hand.”

They watch Miriam dig some more in silence. Maahjabeen turns to Flavia but she is making notes about the bugs on a tablet and taking pictures of them.

A great yawning gulf seems to open up between Maahjabeen and the other two. She is not fully here. She has moved on to another plane of existence right now, caught up in a battle of life and death. But how to make them understand? “What if you did break into the underworld, though? What if you dig too far and let all the dead souls out? I mean, there must be billions…”

“How many billions? Ai. I know this.” Flavia holds up a finger, making a declaration. “In grad school we did calculations based on the advent of modern humans. If it is truly 320,000 years ago then there have been over 122 billion persons ever. Kind of makes you feel insignificant, yes? Living people are not even seven percent of the total humans.”

“So 122 billion dead souls come howling up from the breach…” Maahjabeen traces how they would spread across the sky like diesel fumes, darkening the clouds.

“I’d think it wouldn’t happen here, it would happen to some of those deep sea oil wells first, don’t you?” Miriam’s question is gentle. She can tell Maahjabeen is raw, troubled. As she herself would be if Alonso was catatonic like Pradeep is. “Those lads dig deep, kilometers down. I have yet to break a meter here.”

“But maybe this one is a hidden doorway to the afterlife.”

“Ecch, more talk of spirits and ghosts.” Flavia rolls her eyes. “We have to get my friend Maahjabeen off this island before she forgets she is a scientist entirely and becomes a witch or something.”

“Please, Flavia. You’ve seen Pradeep. You’ve seen what he is like without his soul.”

“I knew it. I knew this is what was on your mind. These fantasies from your religion. They are warping your brain, your beautiful brain. Don’t let them, Maahjabeen.”

“You leave Islam out of this, you kafir.” Maahjabeen spits the insult but Flavia accepts it with surprising grace.

“What is kafir? I thought it was a yoghurt drink.”

“No, it means unbeliever. And it is not a nice word. I already know how you think. I am not asking you. I am asking Miriam…”

“Aye? You’re asking me…?”

Only now does Maahjabeen realize that she came out here to ask for Miriam’s blessing for the only plan she can conceive. “I need to… I mean… Do you believe in souls, Miriam?”

“Of course she doesn’t,” Flavia interrupts. “This isn’t like 1932.”

“Growing up in Kildare in the 70s I got my fair bit of Catholic indoctrination, and I’ll have no part of that. But I don’t think the world is as… easily explicable as Flavia says. I’m still some kind of pre-modern Celtic pagan at heart, and we have our own complex relationships with the divine. I can’t say I’m fully with you on souls, as you define them. I think more in terms of energies.”

“That is even worse!” Flavia exclaims. “At least Maahjabeen’s nonsense has thousands of years of scholarship behind it. Yours is only some vague feeling. It is like a narcotic, this need for belief, dulling the senses and breaking logic. You can’t break the logic, Miriam. It is all we have.”

But Miriam is trying to hear the siren call of her past mystical encounters. There are a clutch of them, most from her teenaged and early adult years when she fearlessly walked the forests and fens at night. She found things then, in the chill of the fog, that she was sure touched on realities ungoverned by logic. “You’re an atheist, Flavia, sure. But I guess you can call me an agnostic, Maahjabeen. I have experienced things for which I have no explanation and I am waiting upon evidence before deciding.”

“Flavia is right. That is the worst kind of way to go through life. At least Flavia has the courage to defy God and be wrong. You are just like hedging your bets, Miriam. Have the courage of your convictions. Speak your truth.”

“Attacked from both sides, am I?” Miriam squints, trying to put unformed feelings into words. “It makes me think of Alonso, how damaged he is. That’s what you’re talking about with souls, isn’t it? It’s his soul that is damaged.”

Maahjabeen only nods.

“How can we talk about his scars without mentioning his spirit, eh? He carries these scars. And yes they are mental and emotional and certainly physical, but there’s so obviously something else, isn’t there? Some deeper damage that will haunt him all his days?”

“Yes, you understand. You understand what Pradeep is suffering. And you must see that I have to do something about it.”

“Now you are both crazy.” Flavia shakes her head. “Why can’t I ever leave this kind of medieval superstitious bullshit behind? Why can’t it just be mental and emotional damage, just, like, real bad? Like, of course Alonso has this damage. Why do you need to bring in a soul? We were just talking about emergent phenomena, yes? So. The neuronal activity in his brain gives rise to thoughts and feelings. Then with higher order phenomena we get a persistent sense of self. But his hardware has been permanently damaged. It has changed the data he is expressing. So those higher orders are changed as well.”

But they are both ignoring Flavia’s plaintive lecture. Miriam doesn’t like the fatalistic look in Maahjabeen’s eye. “What, dear? What are you going to do?”

“Esquibel is fighting for him on a medical level. I need to fight for his spirit, on the spiritual plane.”

Flavia snorts, her laugh incredulous. “Oh my god listen to you. You sound like a video game my nephew plays. The spritual plane? And where is that, eh?”

“It is in my faith. Be quiet, Flavia, if you have nothing helpful to add. I need some real advice from someone who understands.”

But this is too much for Flavia. “I knew it. I knew you were falling apart but this is too much. I could see it in your face. It is why I didn’t even give you a ‘hi, good morning’ or anything because I could tell you were just looking to get this nonsense started. You were already thinking like this. So what are you going to do now? Holy water and a magic sword?”

“Flavia, please.” Miriam winces, uncomfortable with the degree to which Flavia derides Maahjabeen’s beliefs. “Let’s, uh, celebrate diversity here if we could.”

“I cannot. As a scientist and as a thinking human.” With a sniff, Flavia collects her jars and tablet and departs, across the meadow back toward camp. Pointedly, she doesn’t follow Maahjabeen’s recent path through the tall grasses but forges her own.

Miriam is worried for Maahjabeen. She drapes an arm over her shoulder and pulls her close. “What is it, love? What do you plan on doing?”

Maahjabeen stares at the horizon with smoldering eyes. “I don’t quite know yet. I just know it is time we start beating the shamans at their own game.”

Lisica Chapters

Thanks for joining us for the fourth and final volume of our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

Audio for this episode:

Book IV – Hypotenuse Of Hope

46 – Pork On The Barbie

In the Dzaadzitch village the next morning, Mandy and Miriam try to share gifts and make plans. With Morska Vidra beside her, Miriam watches a trio of younger villagers emerge from the cave mouth, bearing fish from the beach. “Oh, that’s a lovely catch. Now that you’ve got the lagoon to yourselves it’s fish every day, eh? You were just waiting for us to leave before you went back down there, weren’t you?”

But the villagers don’t engage with her. They are intent on their feast, exclaiming over the shining fish.

“What I was saying,” Mandy repeats loudly and slowly, trying to regain Morska Vidra’s attention, “is that if it’s okay with you guys we want to get out to the cliff tops daily. Day-lee. Understand?”

The silver fox appears, scrambling up the leg of one of the youths to sniff at his catch. They all speak to the fox with deference, waiting for its blessing. With a sneeze the fox gives it, darting away, and the villagers call out, pleased. They disperse to gather their fixings. The Mayor starts building a fire while others bring baskets filled with mash wrapped in green leaves.

“And do you have any rope?” Miriam extends an invisible line through her hands, trying to communicate the concept to him. But he hardly takes his eyes from the fish. “I want to drop down that shaft up there. Study the rocks. The layers and the history of the island? The rocks?” She points at the cliffs visible through the trees. “Hanging from a long rope, tied to something solid at the top?”

But before they can gain his approval, a young girl appears from the far side of the village. She passes between the huts and enters the village square, chanting to them all about something she just saw. The village falls silent. The Mayor stops building her fire and listens. The girl stops, turning back again and again, to poke at the air behind her with the tip of her thumb or her little pointed chin. The Mayor finally stands and says something. Then she points with her own thumb at Miriam and Mandy, directing the girl to them.

The girl skips forward, as light as a fawn on her feet. Her small dark eyes are alive with excitement and her black and gold curls bounce like springs. She chatters at Miriam and Mandy, fearless, then waits for their answer.

Morska Vidra turns to Miriam. She shrugs at him, confused. He pushes her gently toward the young girl.

“Aye. You want me to…? right.” Miriam bends over, the girl is quite small up close. “Hello, love. How can we help you?”

The girl slips her narrow hand into Miriam’s and pulls her forward. “Oh. Come with you?”

“Not alone.” Mandy starts, nervous as a rabbit, delaying Miriam with a hand on her elbow. “Never alone. Not after Amy.”

“And all the other disappearances. So come with me, please.”

“Uh, where?” Mandy peers doubtfully into the woods from which the girl emerged. “This is how we get in trouble, isn’t it?”

The girl pulls more firmly on Miriam, ignoring her resistance. But then she stops, trying a new tack. She places her other thumb against her chin. “Xaanach.”

“Shah-nock. Xaanach. Oh my god, I remember Flavia talking about you.” Miriam stops struggling and falls in step with the girl. “You’re the one who saved her from Wetchie ghuy, aren’t you?”

“Wetchie-ghuy…” Xaanach makes a horrid face. She tears at her own windpipe, then crosses her eyes and lolls her tongue out the side of her mouth. Then she laughs and pulls on Miriam again. “Pođi sa. Hwai.”

“Come on, Mandy. She hates him as much as we do. And she wants to show us something. We’ll be fine. At least we know she isn’t leading us to that sour old bastard.”

But Mandy really doesn’t have it in her. She’s here to climb the cliff behind her facing the sea, to reset her weather station, and that will take all her energy. She’s sure of it. With a groan she collapses against her companion instead. “I just don’t think I can do this any more, Miriam. I mean, honestly. I didn’t sign up to be, like, hunted. Russians on the beach, shamans in the trees. Come on.”

“Don’t fret, darling. We always have our golden childs with us.” Miriam indicates the patient figure standing outside the village, waiting for his two charges to return.

Giving in with a growl of supreme irritation, Mandy clenches her fists and follows, knowing with every step she takes that she is heading further into danger. “Why do we keep doing this?” she wonders aloud. “We know this is just going to be trouble but here we go again anyway.”

“Not sure what our other options are.” Miriam is committed to this course now and her long strides keep up with Xaanach’s happy bounding. “Come on, Mandy.”

As they pass the last huts and climb the forested slope behind them, Miriam examines the girl pulling her. There is something different about Xaanach, the particular weeds woven into her hair, the rattiness of her shift, her ebullience. And the way the Mayor spoke with her… There was a formality to it. It wasn’t how she speaks to any of her own people. Xaanach isn’t of the village. “Well, that must be right,” Miriam says to her aloud. “You pulled Flavia out of Wetchie ghuy’s hut in the middle of the night and by all accounts that’s like an hour or two from here. They wouldn’t let a… what are you, eight? nine year old girl? out alone, would they? All night, messing with the medicine man. Where the devil are your parents anyway? Just who are you, Xaanach?”

The girl stops and touches her chin with the tip of her thumb. “Xaanach.”

“Yes. Miriam.” She repeats the gesture on her own chin.

“Mandy. Nice to meet you. Please don’t hurt us.”

“Mee-yum. Man-dee. Hwai.” Xaanach waves them forward.

Somewhat mollified by the charming little pixie, Mandy allows herself to be led upward to the edge of a thicket. Down they go, crawling beneath its sharp branches, and out the other side to a rocky cliff face. Xaanach has been chanting this whole time, telling them all kinds of fascinating details about the world around them. Now she points at the cliff and finally releases Miriam’s wrist so they can both climb.

Mandy falls back and groans again. “I knew this was a bad idea.”

“It would be…” Miriam peers at the cliff, picking at it with a fingernail, “if Xaanach hadn’t just led us to a deposit of plagioclase feldspar. What is this doing at the surface? My my my.” She croons at the crystal admixture. “You’ll be changing my island models for sure. See, Mandy? This is already a beneficial side-journey.”

“Yeah… I’m not sure how much climbing I’m good for.”

“Look. Xaanach’s already vanished up there in that cleft. Seems like it’s just a few meters then pop.” Miriam hauls herself onto the stone wall, the fractured face offering plentiful hand and foot holds.

Xaanach’s little face re-appears above, calling out, “Mee-yum. Man-dee. Hwai.”

“Why are you so, like, brave about all this?” Mandy really wishes she could let go of all this irritation but her unresolved fight with Esquibel has made her crabby and defensive, dragging her mindset back to the first few weeks of this trip, when she couldn’t ever get anything done. “Aren’t you worried about where she’s taking us?”

“Aye, for certain I am. But listen to yourself. You seem to have this notion that there’s an option here that gives you everything you want, and that’s just not how things are out here, love. It’s not like we say no to Xaanach and then just get to choose how the day goes. This is a… I mean, like, if we dropped ourselves into Times Square and said we’re going to live here for eight weeks, we’d have to spend a fair bit of time negotiating with the locals and making sure everyone was fine with us being there, aye?”

“It’s just…” Mandy drops her hands, knowing she’s lost yet another fight. “This has nothing to do with atmospheric science, okay?” With a muttered curse she hauls herself up the cliff face.

At the top, they find themselves at the top of a slope that drops away into a nice wide valley interspersed with oak groves and green meadows. Far away, there is a lighter bit of emerald moving against the dark green carpet of bushes. It is Jay in his softshell jacket, picking his way through dense growth. His face is burned red by the sun and wind and he is limping, his hand at his side.

“Jay!” Mandy calls out.

He is quite far away, hundreds of meters. Jay stops, unable to locate the voice, or even tell if it was an auditory hallucination or not. He blinks at his surroundings. Where is he now? Traversing this wide bowl, coming down from a steep motherfucking gradient behind him where he nearly got wrecked in a minor landslide. Its aftermath prevented Pradeep from following at a healthy clip.

“Jay! Over here!” The voice is so thin. It’s got to be one of the crew, though. Up ahead? He shades his eyes, the overcast sky still bright enough to matter. Are those figures up there? He waves.

Within moments, Miriam and Mandy and a little Lisican girl are down in the meadow with him. They drape his arms over their shoulders, and even though it stretches his scar, he lets them support his weight. “I am so so so happy to see you. Swear I could like kiss you both.”

“Deal.” Miriam laughs and kisses his cheek. “Ah. Maybe a wash-up first then I’m all yours.”

Mandy frowns. “But where’s Pradeep?”

“Yeah, he needs more help than me. Back this way.” Jay tries to turn them all around. Reversing course is the one thing he really hates doing. But it doesn’t matter now. He found help at last.

They tell Jay about their days and nights of labor and the move to the pine camp inland. He exclaims, “No way!” a dozen times at the proper intervals, shocked that the Russians or someone like them really did land on their beach. “The lagoon’s out of bounds? Like for the whole rest of the trip? Just when we set up the gill net? Aw, man. That is a major major bummer.”

“Why did you leave Pradeep behind?” Mandy’s worry grows. “Don’t you know we can’t do that any more?”

“Yeah…” How to communicate what the last day has been like? How they’ve woven their own paths, despite all their best attempts to stay together, across the southwest of the island? “It’s just, like, really choked with vegetation in there. Like really choked. Like, we haven’t seen a real trail in days.”

Jay leads them to another slope, this one carpeted with soaring Douglas firs like a proper Oregon forest. He just spent all morning coming down that way on feet and knees screaming with agony. It wasn’t that he’d put a lot of steps in, really, it was more that he just hadn’t been able to ever stop and rest them.

“Is Pradeep injured?” Miriam is starting to feel Jay’s weight. Just how far back are they going to have to go?

“Nah. Just… I get into a zone and… I should have waited but…” He shakes his head. There was so much he was going to tell these people! But now that he sees them, all the words he’d prepared in his endless hours of walking lack any meaning or power.

They walk under the tall firs, their brown needles carpeting the ground. After a few minutes of steady climbing, Jay stops.

On the slope ahead, a tableau:

Pradeep’s long dark form is face down on the hillside, unmoving. A golden childs stands on the far side of him, his back to Pradeep, arms raised. Wetchie-ghuy is crouched on a stone above, clutching a forked stick. Jidadaa is at a right angle to their stand-off, holding Wetchie-ghuy’s fetish. They are all stone still, so the newcomers also fall silent. No one speaks, not even Xaanach.

“Prad!” It is Jay who finally breaks the spell and charges forward, lumbering uphill with a bad limp.

Twitch. Wetchie-ghuy vanishes from the boulder.

In three bounds, the golden childs stands where Wetchie-ghuy had just crouched but the shaman is nowhere to be seen. Twitch. The golden childs also vanishes from view.

With a smile, Jidadaa turns to Miriam and Mandy. “Ah, hello, friends. Wetchie-ghuy, he almost gets this one,” she points at Pradeep, who still doesn’t move, “but we say no no no.”

Ξ

The racks that hold the solar panels were damaged in the move, struts now bent and bolts missing. Flavia tries to fix them with sticks and twine, but it is slow-going. She has placed the array at the edge of the trees facing the sun to the southeast. Finally she is able to make it sturdy, although it no longer has the ability to be adjusted. This will impact their recharge rate. Yet another thing to slow their research down.

Regardless of this frustrating task, Flavia likes it here in pine camp. Or, more precisely, she prefers it. She doesn’t actually like anything having to do with Lisica. She hasn’t felt any actual pleasures of satisfaction or desire since she left home. But that is probably due to the fact that home is Italy. She has heard this from Italian migrants before. Nowhere in the whole world is quite so warm, so bright, so emotional as the Italian Peninsula. Outside the borders of Her sea and mountains, people grow cold, the food bland and ingredients cheap. Even politics are more interesting and fierce in Italy than other countries, although they drive her crazy. But that’s the thing, other places don’t drive Flavia crazy. They only inconvenience her, like with these branches and this twine on this godforsaken frozen island in the middle of nowhere.

And yet, it is far better at pine camp than at the beach. That ocean wind had been driving her mad, the relentless movement of air that robbed her of peace and steadiness and the basic ability to think. Now, here in this protected valley, she can hear the songbirds trill instead of the waves boom, and she is mollified.

Flavia returns to camp. She checks her laptop to find it is now charging, the skeletal power network she has built for the camp now alive with solar-derived electricity. She loves technology that is so clean, with no moving parts. Moving parts are so… industrial revolution. Flavia likes her tech more elegant than that.

Alonso is at work in his camp chair, hunched over the laptop balanced on his knees. Now that she has checked off her first task of the day, it is time to move on to the second one before she gets hungry for lunch. Flavia locates an empty bin and turns it upside-down for it to be used as a chair. Then she places it facing Alonso and joins him at his platform, their knees nearly touching.

He is deep in Plexity. He grunts at her but his fingers don’t stop typing. She knows better than to interrupt him.

By the time Flavia arranges her laptop’s windows into her standard workflow, Alonso is able to break away.

“Yes, Flavia?”

“Buongiorno, Dottore. How are you?”

“Eh.” He makes a face. “You really don’t want to know. Really. I mean, I feel like… I’m a chef who has to feed two hundred people tonight and only half my ingredients have been delivered. Not even half. Just a tenth. Just… the eggs. And some water. Feh. What am I supposed to make with that?” He shakes his head in despair. “No, I am not looking for your pity. I understand that it is my fault. What I asked of the team here is impossible. The sheer number of unique inputs required is staggering. But Plexity is… I mean, I have to keep working on it. Can’t you see? Nothing else matters. Not really. As soon as I had the epiphany about it in the gulag and I saw it in all its glory, what it could become and the answers it could provide, then there was no point in ever working on anything else. Because the fundamental answers to nearly every problem can be found in Plexity, in its connections, in the web of life. So. How am I? Not very well, thank you. I just keep banging my head against this very firmly shut door, trying to salvage something from our six weeks in that lagoon. But the gaps in the data are too large. I can’t establish any of the baselines necessary to derive meaningful measurements. You of all people must understand what I mean.”

Flavia only stares at Alonso, mute. If she was the one feeling such frustration, any possible response he made would only end with shouting. She would lash out with all that anger. And she doesn’t need to be Alonso’s target, so she keeps her mouth shut.

Alonso nods, bitter. “Of course you do. This is what you’ve been trying to tell me since we got here. And now,” he gestures at his screen, “it is all ashes. Worse than ashes. At least ashes used to be wood, and when you burned them, the fires warmed you. This… this was all just a fool’s errand, with no benefit in the least. Just chasing our tails for six weeks.”

Flavia shrugs. “The American generals will not think so.”

“You don’t know. I got us here with some very big promises. Bold promises of what Plexity will be able to do.”

“Oh, yes? Like what? How would the military even use it?”

“Well, they had those two biologist contractors who were very impressed with the scalable resolution we should be able to offer. They could see its promise, especially at macro levels. With enough collectors and boots on the ground, they are certainly right. In the end Plexity will still probably be what I was able to promise. I will just never be the person who is seeing it. They will cast me aside and it will be someone else who—”

“Wait, wait.” Flavia holds up an urgent hand. “Cast aside? Are you telling me you don’t own the rights to Plexity any more?”

Alonso does not look up from his screen.

Her head rocks back, the implications hitting her like a truck. “Are you telling me all this work we are doing is for the American military, for a new technological platform that the American military will control? Ai, Alonso…”

“It is a very generous license they have given us for academic use and publishing.” His voice is quiet. “It is not something I wanted, for sure. And… they said it was a change in the contract that came down from the top at the last second, but no, I didn’t believe them. They probably knew how they were going to play me all along. It wouldn’t be the first time I’ve been in a bargaining situation where the terms were changed just as I was about to sign. But what could I do? I had to sign the rights away. I had no leverage.”

Flavia slams her open hand down onto her knee. “You say no. You walk away when that happens.”

Tears spring into his eyes and Alonso holds his shaking hands out, pleading. “But I couldn’t walk. Flavia, I was in their hospital, after they had rescued me. And healed me. And their scientists said I could be of use. You don’t know. After five years, hearing those words… Being of use. Nothing sounded better.”

Flavia shakes her head, disgusted by the machinations of large bureaucracies. Che pazzo. She had been about to make his day brighter by proposing a new approach to Plexity, a modest way to salvage what they could of their enormous project. Flavia thought they might use the data they’d already collected as a massive filter for what they found next, screening every life form and compound from pine camp against what they’d found before in the lagoon, focusing on the scientifically-significant differences between biomes instead of the connections, per se. Then they might at least return with a handful of deep insights for their masters. But now she knows how much her masters the military men are. No. She will not work for them, not when they will enjoy all the data and share nothing with the wider academic world. Flavia has refused all military industrial complex work during her career and she has no intention of starting now. “But Alonso… The problem, as I’m sure you know, is that this… ehh, we should have known that… Well. I guess this just forces us to realize what the end-result of all this data collection will be. You must realize if we find anything too valuable with Plexity it will never be published, yes? It will disappear into their black budgets. Let us show them a failure instead. Or at most just the smallest amount of progress. We need to be thinking much much more strategically about what we are doing on this project. And you need to share with us the terms of your ‘generous academic license’ so we can figure out what we can tell them and what we cannot. Oh, Alonso. Were you really going to give them a fully-operational Plexity? And expect them to keep their promises about what you would be able to share?”

Alonso shrugs. “Look, those biologists were the only ones in the room who understood anything of what I was saying. The others didn’t have a clue. They could just tell the eggheads were very impressed and the general in charge really trusted both them and Colonel Baitgie. So I thought maybe I’d go back and if I’m lucky the contractors wouldn’t be there and I’m presenting to a room full of nothing but morons in uniform. Even Baitgie wouldn’t really understand Plexity’s implications if I kept it technical enough. They would just say, ‘Yes, great job. Mission accomplished,’ and I would leave with all my licenses and prototypes intact. And sure, maybe that is a little naive, but it is the best I was able to do.”

They stare at each other, two individuals trapped in the decisions they’d made with their lives. Neither feel there are any options for them to change their circumstances. Neither see any way forward.

The corner of Alonso’s mouth twitches. “This is when Amy is supposed to swing between us with an offer of tea. I miss her very much. Do you think she is okay?”

Flavia knows Alonso means that he wants her insight into what Wetchie-ghuy must be doing to Amy. It must be Wetchie-ghuy who took her, despite the efforts of the golden childs and their retreat to the pine camp. And nobody knows more about Wetchie-ghuy’s enslavement than Flavia. So Alonso wants her to relive that madness. She shivers and shakes it off. No. She won’t. “I have no idea, Alonso. I just hope they are a very happy couple.”

“Esquibel…!” A distant voice comes from the meadow near the creek. “Maahjabeen…! Esquibel…!”

“Is that Miriam?” Alonso tries to twist in his chair but his legs have fallen asleep. With a grimace he gets them working again and he stands. Flavia rises beside him.

“Who is calling my name?” Esquibel pokes her head out of the plastic slit door of the clean room. “Who is that?”

Maahjabeen emerges from her tent and stands atop her platform, shading her eyes. She squawks. “That is Pradeep! Alhamdulillah! They have Pradeep! Come!”

She rushes through the trees to him, Esquibel on her heels.

Miriam and Mandy drag Pradeep’s black-clad body through the grasses toward the camp on a crude travois, Jay limping beside them. There is no sign of Xaanach nor the golden childs who left with them.

Maahjabeen throws herself down beside them when they are still fifty paces from camp. Pradeep is unconscious, his head lolled to one side. She gathers him with a sob in her arms and holds him. “What is it? What happened to him?”

“Wetchie-ghuy…” Miriam is gasping. It has been a long journey. “He did something horrid to him, some voodoo bullshit…”

Maahjabeen wails and hauls on Pradeep, pulling his slack torso forward and tugging at his clothes. Alonso arrives, hurried across the meadow by Triquet and Flavia’s strong arms.

“No, there’s no fox or whatever on his tailbone.” Mandy reels away from her handle of the travois, her palms burning, her arms exhausted. She shakes her arms and groans. “We checked.”

“And Jidadaa told us,” Miriam adds, “that the fox was a symbol of the other one anyway, not Wetchie-ghuy. That Sherman the shaman. They’re the one who poisons people and puts the stamp on our spines, not Wetchie-ghuy. She told us a lot.”

“Then what is it?” Maahjabeen kisses Pradeep’s slack face, trying to transfer her love into him like she did before, when he was dying of that cold mud. She chafes his frozen hands.

“Uh…” Miriam shares a furtive look with Jay. “Well, according to Jidadaa, she said Wetchie-ghuy took Pradeep’s soul.”

“Not true.” Jay’s first words are a rasp. “I bought it back from him with a joint. Fair deal. Pradeep doesn’t belong to Wetchie-ghuy any more. He smoked that whole reefer to his head.”

“What the hell are you talking about?” Triquet can’t make sense of any part of Jay’s statement.

Jay tries to recap but his head is buzzing with fatigue. His own words echo in his skull. “Pradeep knew that Wetchie-ghuy had claimed him and the first time that old asshole showed up he was just going to like go with him. But I made a deal to give him my weed instead and that’s when Wetchie-ghuy started smoking like a chimney and he just went apeshit and attacked me. Then…”

Jay falls silent, remembering what the golden man had begged of him all those nights before in the tunnels: Kill Wetchie-ghuy. Jay is lidass. It is his destiny. But he turned his back on that, didn’t he? And now his buddy got taken instead, despite all Jay’s best efforts. He failed Pradeep. He was supposed to take care of him, defend him from Wetchie-ghuy even if it meant killing the old man. As if Jay’s actually capable of taking a life. As if he could actually get his hands on the old man. And what that would have done to Jay, all that blood on his hands… Well. Looks like it’s one soul or another, Jay’s or Pradeep’s. That’s the price Lisica is demanding.

But the others aren’t listening to him any more. They’ve moved on without him, hurrying back to camp, Esquibel racing ahead. Jay stops and looks around, his face bitter. Well here it is. This is the meadow he’s been seeking for days, this broad expanse from weeks before where he first saw the golden childs and the Katóok tribe and all the rest. And now the crew lives here, up in the trees a good hundred paces from the creek. Well well well. Plenty of places to hang a hammock, for sure. Almost back to normal.

But now they said Amy’s gone. The one person he’s closest to in like his whole life right now. Man, she’s not just a boss. She’s his mentor and friend and guide. Without her, Jay wouldn’t even be in grad school, and he knows it.

“If I’d killed Wetchie-ghuy when I saw him… Pradeep and Amy would both be here.” He shakes his head in wonder at the surreal nature of the universe. Him. A killer. And not of just anyone, a shaman of an endangered Pacific Island tribe. At the request of another shaman from another endangered tribe… I mean, that’s who that golden man was, yeah? A third shaman? But so far him and his kids have been good to the team, watching over them and protecting them, for whatever reason. He was the one to beg Jay to kill Wetchie-ghuy. He must have known what was coming.

“I got to talk to that dude again. Maybe with Katrina in tow. Get some answers.” Jay shakes his head at how much they are up against. He takes one last look at the cold gray sky before stepping under the trees. “That’s what we need now. Answers. Information war, my peeps. It’s where we at.”

Ξ

Maahjabeen hurries from her tent back to the clean room, her head empty. She realizes distantly that for the first time in memory she has no thought of the sea. Or of God. Only Pradeep fills her heart and soul. She knows it is blasphemy but she is quite close to not caring. Maahjabeen has never known love before. She thought she had, but those were the first tottering steps of a child compared to the—the splendid dances they share. And love is all.

These disquieting revelations about her true nature almost make her stumble. She isn’t pious after all, but an imperfect creature of passions both romantic and sexual. Yet she hurries on regardless, back to the clean room with a clutch of socks, to give Pradeep a bit of a sponge bath and make him more comfortable, even in a coma.

She slips through the plastic slit, relieved to find the clean room empty of others. Only Pradeep is here, covered in blankets, an IV drip feeding him, and his eyes are open!

Maahjabeen rushes to him and covers his face with kisses. He only stares at the ceiling, hardly responsive. “Pradeep! Pradeep…!”

“Yes.” The word is like a pebble dropped into a pond, cold and inert. His eyes remain distant.

Maahjabeen pulls back. “What is it? Are you okay?”

“No.” He says it in the same empty way. His eyes do not move from their point on the ceiling.

“What is it? What is it, Mahbub?” She encircles him in her arms, pressing his slack face against her. But when he doesn’t respond she holds him at arm’s length again. “Tell me. Is it the cold mud?”

“No.”

She frowns. He doesn’t struggle. He is awake, just merely not present. And he apparently only answers yes and no questions. “Is it something else?”

“No.” Wherever she moves his head it stays, same with his arms and body. They are all heavy and inanimate.

“It’s… nothing else?” Unlike all the atheists here, Maahjabeen knows it is the soul that animates the body. So when she heard that Wetchie-ghuy had claimed Pradeep’s, she’d taken it quite seriously. And now, this dispassion is what one would expect of a man whose soul has been taken. He is nothing now but a golem. “Nothing at all in there…?”

Maahjabeen grabs his hand and spreads both hers and his against his chest over his heart. He blinks. “Yes.”

“Oh, where is it, Lord? Where has he taken it?” Maahjabeen laces her fingers with Pradeep’s and kneels by his side, in prayer.

This is how Esquibel finds them a timeless interlude later. She puts the packages she carries down and crosses to the cot. “Eh, he is awake. I knew he just needed some rest and fluids. How are you, Pradeep? Eh?” Esquibel is surprised by the storm in Maahjabeen’s eyes. She had expected to find relief there. “What is wrong?”

“He can only answer yes and no questions!” After this inexplicable statement, Maahjabeen dissolves into tears.

Puzzled, Esquibel turns to Pradeep. “Nonsense. He is just tired. How are you feeling? Can you tell me your name?”

Pradeep looks dully ahead, into the middle distance.

Esquibel takes out her phone and shines its light into Pradeep’s eyes. He has no pupil reflex, none at all. No reaction to the light response test, the swinging flashlight test, nor the near response test. Both pupils remain unchanged, with a median pupillary aperture, despite any stimulus. She leans into his field of view, frowning. “Can you… can you see me?”

“Yes.”

Oh, she doesn’t like the sound of Pradeep’s voice at all. Cold as a corpse. Frowning, Esquibel finds his pulse. It is like… footsteps in sand. Not weak, just… contained, with no real resonance to it, like a machine is pumping his heart instead of contractile muscle. She passes a hand over his brow. “Can you tell me what the day of the week is?” Silence. Esquibel tells Maahjabeen lightly, “I’d have been surprised if he knew it. I’d have to check to know, myself.” Then back to Pradeep, “So can you tell me your name?”

He only stares ahead. She snaps his fingers beneath his nose. No reaction. She taps the sharp edge of her phone against the patellar tendon of his knee. No reflex response. “What in the world?”

“Pradeep,” Maahjabeen forces out his name from between sobs. “Tell us, Mahbub. Do you have a soul?”

He turns his hollow eyes to them. “No.”

An icy chill runs down Esquibel’s spine. Forcefully, she shakes her head in cynical rejection of it. “These god damn medicine men and their hallucinogens, I swear. But this one seems to be more of a dissociative, I would guess. Shutting down the perfectly good brains of my colleagues. Why don’t any of these dangerous substances come with antidotes?”

“Oh… They do.” Maahjabeen remembers Pradeep telling her of how she had been brought back by a foul-smelling concoction of rotten black leaves when she was suffering. “That girl. Jidadaa. She brought me those herbs. We need her to…”

But Esquibel is shaking her head. “No. No more drugs on top of drugs. And Jidadaa was already with Pradeep, anyway. She saw what had happened to him and she was the one who said he had a, what? A soul-ectomy? Some kind of metaphysical amputation? So she obviously can’t be of any more use.”

“Then this is a matter of faith.” Maahjabeen resumes her prayer.

But Esquibel interrupts it with a firm hand. “No, this is the time for modern medical interventions. I was too worried about contra-indications and unknown side-effects when you were both poisoned but with hindsight I don’t think being so tentative did anyone any favors. So this time I will respond more strongly. First, deactivated charcoal, and then perhaps some epinephrine.” She puts a hand on Pradeep’s arm. “Are you in pain?”

“No.”

“Well that’s a relief. Maahjabeen, I need you to do your religious practice somewhere else. Here is where his monitor must go.”

“There is nothing medically wrong with him.”

“Oh, here we go again.” Esquibel rears back, hands on hips, about to deliver another lecture on the dangers of superstitious thinking, when she is caught by the torment in Maahjabeen’s face. It reminds her of the day workers she used to see in Kenya when she was a resident, the young women with hopeless eyes and faces worn twice their age from brutal lives in factories and workhouses. And that forces her to recall what originally made her become a doctor: to ease suffering. The world is filled with so much of it. Palliative care is the best one can do for the bleeding world.

With a sigh, Esquibel rearranges the clean room so the monitor can be placed on Pradeep’s other side. She drapes a blanket around Maahjabeen’s shoulders, pats her bowed head, and leaves the two lovers alone.

Ξ

“What if I grab your hand? What then?” Katrina reaches for the hand of the golden childs accompanying her. The youth pulls away and she is delighted by his meekness. It is one of the only really human responses she’s ever seen from them.

They sit in a narrow cleft of gray stone, a fissure running down into the next valley to the northwest of pine camp. Katrina needs to be alone today, as much as is safe, and at first the golden childs gave her the solitude she craved. But the knots in her mind became no less untangled. Finally, surrendering to the impossibility that she could find any solutions to her troubles, she’d set a bit of an ambush here for the golden childs following her. She needs to talk to someone about this.

“A ty govorish’ po russki?” The youth just hides quietly behind his bloody golden mask and doesn’t say a word. “Okay, can you speak any language besides Russian? And I know you can speak behind your mask. The golden man did. Zolotoy chelovek sdela.”

Katrina takes a deep breath, trying to clear her head. “Why does your chief speak Russian, though? They must come here often. But not to the south? Not to the beach? The Russians must have some other way to access the interior of the island? One the Yanks don’t know? Okay, but why? Listening post… Regional base… Look. Mr. Singlung He was my sponsor for the Singapore Conferences and he used to go on and on about maritime supremacy being the foundation of regional hegemons. But the Americans must have known the Russians were here. They must. Their own little Cold War, yeh? Right here in paradise, murdering each other in their sleep. God, the spooks always think they’re so fucking clever…”

She tosses a rock from her perch in the fissure down the slope into the bushes below. A cluster of dark birds wing away.

“Multi-polar. A multi-polar island, with at least four axes. The way I see it you got your Americans here…” Katrina places a jagged piece of quartz in the dust at her feet. “Your Russians. Your Lisicans, who can be further divided into the competing villages and shamans with all their different agendas…” Then she picks up a small flat stone. “And the Japanese.”

Katrina watches the golden childs to see if the word triggers any reaction. But the pollen-laden mask remains impassive.

“I said what I said. She told me last night it was the Japanese. I told her that I hope they like show tunes because that’s all I put on the USB stick she gave them. She said I didn’t understand.” Katrina pushes herself again to her feet. “Thought she was going to kill me then. Wouldn’t take her hand from her gun. So I didn’t push it. But Christ how many players are there at this table? We thought Lisica was all remote and empty but now we can hardly spend a day without finding a whole new nationality has arrived. What, do you get the Hawaiians here too?”

Katrina entertains herself with images of barechested Polynesians paddling longboats through the waves at the mouth of the lagoon.

She sighs, studying the youth. “You’re a good bloke. Don’t talk too much. I like that in a man. But the big problem is what am I going to do? Should I tell Alonso? Mandy? I mean, yeh, I definitely will. I don’t hold any allegiances to Esquibel. Kind of a bitch, to be honest. But I don’t need to like ruin her life with one ill-considered confession to the wrong people at the wrong time…”

Katrina reflects on how it had ended last night in the dark. They had been so close, whispering urgently in each other’s ears, gripping each other. Full darkness. The only sensations were Esquibel’s stale exhalations against her cheek and her strong hand encircling Katrina’s arm. She had just finished a breathless tale of subterfuge, insisting that selling the Plexity secrets to the Japanese had been an order from her superiors. She shared how it had all started six months before, when a very nice elderly Japanese naval officer had made an initial contact with Esquibel at a medical conference in Jakarta. He’d made an offer so oblique she didn’t even understand what he was asking until she’d had time to consider it. But when she did she’d gone straight to the spooks at Langley and they’d ordered her to keep quiet and string the Japanese intelligence agency along. They told her the Plexity data wasn’t significant but sharing it would build trust. She was one of the good guys, she swore. She wasn’t doing anything wrong, but Katrina had to understand that they must keep up appearances.

It occurs to Katrina now that Esquibel might have very well killed her and hidden the body in pursuit of her mission’s goals. Yet what stopped her most likely wasn’t decency but the presence of the golden childs, four of them crouched at the edge of camp. So instead she implored Katrina to forget what she’d seen and to keep her mouth shut. Otherwise there might be a real nasty mess when they got picked up in two weeks. If, say, at the Air Force debriefing, Katrina suddenly starts going on about a Japanese soldier in the night then all kinds of hell could break loose. Be discreet, Esquibel had begged her. I love you all and I am here to protect you, she’d finally confessed, emotion choking her voice. Then she’d stepped close, a leg sliding between Katrina’s to press up intimately against her, and kissed her. Then she’d repeated, “I do love you, Katrina,” which put her in a state of wordless shock, before Esquibel had disengaged and slipped off into the cold dark night.

Katrina hadn’t slept a wink since then.

She picks up the dark flat rock that signifies the Japanese. “Just… like… We got enough going on here, folks. Don’t come back and everything will be fine.” She tosses the rock into the bushes below.

This time, the rock hits an animal in the bushes and it squeals, a dreadful baritone rattle. The bushes shake with violence.

Now the golden childs beside Katrina stirs. He leaps forward and puts himself between the creature in the bushes and her. The animal storms out from under the branches, still outraged. A boar. It’s a huge boar, like the size of a moped. And not much slower. It charges up the slope toward them with dreadful speed.

“Climb. I’ll climb.” Katrina hears her own breathless words in her ear. They sound faint and weak and tardy. This monster and its ragged tusks are going to wreck them both. She hauls herself onto the fissure’s wall, trying to swing herself up and clear of the ground below. But she isn’t fast enough. The boar is beneath them now, tossing its head against the golden childs.

The youth leaps at the last instant, clear of the splintered tusks, and lands on the opposite wall of the fissure. He scrambles up before the boar can turn and charge again.

“There’s boars…” Katrina pants, over and over, “boars here on Lisica. There’s boars… on Lisica…” Finally she climbs to a safe perch and crouches there. The golden childs pulls himself up, nearly to the top edge of the cliff. “When were you ever going to tell me? Come on, then. Time for some pork on the barbie.”

Lisica Chapters

Thanks for joining us for the third volume of our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is image-7-29-24-at-9.28e280afam.jpg

Audio for this episode:

45 – The USB Drive

Persistent birdsong penetrates the dense canopy. What bird is that? Jay doesn’t recognize its calls. It switches from buzzing to chirping to long melodic lines of warbling. Is that all one bird? Fascinating. It must be a mimic, like a mockingbird.

Jay opens his eyes. It is evening. The rain has stopped and their little hollow no longer drips maddeningly at arrhythmic intervals. Pradeep still sleeps beside him, their legs entangled for warmth.

“In my experience…” Jay mutters, his voice thick, “mockingbirds don’t sing at night. Just in the morning.”

“What’s that?” Pradeep’s voice is muffled. His face is tucked down, toward the pit of the hollow where redwood roots gather. He lifts his face. Jay is surprised to see how worn he looks, like he’s gained decades in the last couple days. Jay must look the same.

“Bird. Crazy song.” Jay pulls himself free. It’s too cold to lie here any longer. “We got to get moving, bro-him.”

“My legs. They really don’t want to.”

“Freeze our asses if we stay. Come on, Prad. Be the change you want to see…” Jay stands and grabs Pradeep’s upper arm, “…in the world!” And he hauls his groaning friend to his feet.

“Wow. I hate you for doing that.”

“Got to climb. Remember the plan? That’ll warm us up.”

“Perhaps I am not as cold as you. I could have stayed in that hole for another couple hours with no complaints.”

“Yeah, I’m freezing.” Now that he’s standing, Jay can see that it isn’t evening yet. The canopy just blocks most of the light. It is late afternoon and a golden glow suffuses the blue sky.

“Well we could just switch positions. I am still utterly exhausted.”

“We should hit this hill while we still got a little light.”

“It is true I don’t want to wait until morning. And now my phone is dead. No more flashlight.”

“Yeah mine too.”

“Fine then. Lead on. But don’t stop anywhere too long. Or I will pass out on my feet.”

“No doubt.” Jay surveys their surroundings, the pain of his many injuries making him feel like a badly-stitched-together golem. The sun is just setting over the far ridge, the meadow in shadow below with its low grassy hillocks, the very spot where they learned that they had dropped all the way into the wrong valley. Yep. There it is right there where his heart broke in fucking half. Good times. Anyway… After their tragic discovery they’d climbed up this way in a kind of daze, just to get away from it, and then they’d crapped out at the base of this tree. Said they’d just get a minute of shut-eye. That was like… six hours ago? Seven?

“The shadows…” Pradeep points at the nearby trees that are still lit by the setting sun. “From the shadows the sun is setting there,” he points at the slope across the meadow and then tracks a fair bit further south toward the equator. “We’re at like fortieth parallel so we’ve got to adjust the compass like so, and I’d say true west is about there. Hooray for one brief moment of sunshine.”

“Yeah, good call. That’s west. So north, east, south.” Jay rotates, pointing at each in turn. “Yeah. So I’m thinking that western ridge is the rim of the island. That west coast we’ve never seen.”

“Except Maahjabeen. In the first storm.”

“Right. But that’s like exactly the wrong way. We got to get back to our beach and our bunker and our… babes?”

“No. You will never call her a babe. She will tear your head right off. Yes, if the island is a clock, then the lagoon is at like 5:30 and we are currently at sort of… 7:30 or 8 on the dial?”

“Got to be. Which isn’t that far at all as crows fly. But you know it’s gonna be a fucking maze between here and there.”

“It always has been. You know, next time I take a posting on an island, I will make sure it is a flat sandbar. With one palm tree.”

“And a killer break. Come on, Prad. We’ll know more if we get up top here. We can chase the sun.”

“How… mythological.” Pradeep falls in line behind the limping, gasping Jay, who attacks the hillside with little forethought. “Wait. Wait. We can’t just charge this slope, Jay. We have to follow some contour lines. Bring us northeast for a bit first. Switchbacks.”

“Right on. Yeah. Get up top wherever. From the main ridge. We can get anywhere. On the island. In no time at all.”

“Yes. But climb. Out of the valleys. They are killing us.”

Then they speak no more, their energy turned to their poor feet and legs. Pradeep’s shins are covered in bruises. His climbing muscles scream with stiffness. But as he slowly warms up it all turns into a barely-tolerable throbbing ache and somehow he generates more mental fortitude from endocrine releases and conductive salts in cell walls and he keeps up with the mad Californian above.

Jay pivots them on the slope, making a switchback that heads more properly east-by-southeast where they need to go. Contours are only helpful if they actually take you to your destination. Sometimes you got to just take a mountain on its own terms.

For an hour they climb, passing out of the redwoods and through a stand of madrones and rhododendrons, then oak and sorrel, and finally grasslands near the spine of the ridge, which is marked by jagged lines of dark brown rock. They achieve the summit while the setting sun is just visible hanging over the western horizon, now distant and dim and pink, bisected by a pair of thin clouds. The wind whips them up here, bringing the marine chill. Vast and immaculately empty, the ocean surrounds them.

Now Jay looks down to regard the island. They are indeed on a ridgeline that connects with a larger main ridge up behind them, perhaps another eight hundred meters higher. Wow. This island’s got some walls on it for sure. But if they manage to stay on the ridges then they can skip all the ups and downs and meandering mazes. “Yes. Here’s our shortcut, yo.”

Pradeep frowns at the higher ridge. “Due north? That far? May I remind you that we’re trying to go southeast?”

“Yeah but once you get up top it runs east-west. We get on that ridge and head east, then when we get to the right valley, we follow that like sub-ridge down and boom, we’re home by supper.”

“Yes, I think you’re right.”

“Man, I’m glad we agree about all this. Imagine if we were like fighting all the time. I’ve been in that situation before when—”

“Or if like one of us was high on acid.”

“Yeah yeah. That wasn’t my finest hour.” Jay picks his way along the spine of rocks, the slope they just climbed falling away before them. The ridge is broader than he expected and he doesn’t even see the far slope yet or into what it must descend. “Oh, no way!”

“What is it?” Pradeep steps past the outcrop Jay just vanished around and joins him in delight at the sight of a tiny waterfall, surrounded by lilies and ferns, splashing strongly from the recent rains. “Wow. That must be one full water table to get a waterfall going this strong this far up the slope. And I bet it’s quite clean.” Pradeep leans in and cups his hand under it. He lifts the cold water to his mouth and slurps. “Delicious.”

“Fuck yeah it is.” Jay is on all fours at the edge of the little pool below, drinking directly from it like a dog. “Best water ever.”

Movement. Pradeep cringes, his primal instincts unleashing anxiety that disperses the peace of this moment like a knife through smoke. He squawks, turning back the way they came, to confront one of the golden childs sneaking around the outcrop after them. “Oh. It’s just you. One of you.”

“What the…?” Jay rolls over, blinking at the silhouette of the golden childs against the bright sky. “Hey, what’s up, dude?”

“How long have you been following us?” The masked figure stops and drops their arms. The youth was obviously surprised to find his quarry here, but he shows no reaction to being caught out.

“Oh, that’s just swell. Do you think he started with us from the beginning? Like he secretly followed us through the tunnels and everything? Dude, you could have helped out sooo much, so many times. Do you even know we’re completely fucking lost and we’re just trying to get back? I mean, just show us the way. Which way…?What are some of their names? Uh, Lisica. Morska Vidra.”

“Yes. Let’s get some directions. Jidadaa. Wetchie-ghuy.” Pradeep points where Jay is pointing. “That way?”

The youth only watches them through his golden mask, their inscrutable bodyguard.

“Right.” Now Pradeep feels the urge to lead. “Let’s head out then.” He tries one last attempt at communication, pointing out their route. “We’re climbing the north ridgeline up there then heading west, and finally southeast. Back home, eh?”

But the youth hurries past them and turns to bar their way. He holds up his hands as if to block them.

“Oh, no way. You won’t let us climb that ridge? Why not?” In frustration Jay scrubs water into his hair and steps away from the pool. “ Come on, G money. We got to go that way. Got to.”

“Closed to foreigners?” Pradeep crosses the width of the spine to study the new valley that is revealed to the east and the main ridge overlooking it all. From this angle he can see a bit more of the ridge’s profile. Is that a thin filament of smoke he sees behind its central peak? “Aha. Look, Jay.”

“What? Where. A bird?”

“Smoke. I think.”

“Do not see it.”

“Yeah, I’m not sure I do. Just the briefest… Well, anyway, do you think that’s what our masked protector here is doing? Keeping us from crossing paths with whoever is up there?”

“I mean, their entire job is to protect us from Wetchie-ghuy and Sherman the shaman as far as I know. So… yeah.”

“I guess we aren’t taking the north ridge.”

Jay can’t stand the sight of the winding valley at the base of their ridge to the east. Its cleft is hidden in darkness. “Bro, if we drop into whatever canyon that is down there I guarantee you we won’t get out of it before nightfall.”

“Well, contours. Maybe we don’t need to stay up on the ridge. But maybe we don’t need to drop all the way down into the creeks. Maybe this golden childs will let us advance the way we want if we just drop a hundred meters or so below the top and get back in the trees. We can still follow the ridge, just in a more hidden way.”

“I don’t know.” The complaint sounds querulous to Jay’s own ears. “That’s a shit ton more climbing. But yeah. Not like they’re giving us a choice.” So much for being home by dinner. “Well. It is what it is. Lead on.”

Ξ

“You know what I’m thinking?” Amy asks Triquet, who builds a platform beside her in their new camp. Amy has already finished her own platform and tent and worries there is still so much to be done in the waning hours of this day.

“Uhh. Tea. Got to be something about tea. Like Earl Grey or Lapsang Souchong? None for me, thanks.”

“No.” Amy straightens, peering at the patchy sky. “Laundry.”

From the far side of the camp, Mandy calls out, “Oh my god, yes! I’ve got a whole load!”

“Where? Like in the river?” Triquet frowns at it, the impassable natural barrier with its fast-moving dark currents dividing this side of the island from the other. “I don’t think the Lisicans would like that. Don’t want anyone hucking a spear at my head.”

“No, I was thinking we could just climb up its bank here until we found a little tributary. So many streams are running right now. Don’t have to get anywhere near the main river. Just a tiny dab of biodegradable soap and some elbow grease and we might even get them to line dry before it gets too dark.”

“I wish,” Miriam sighs, erecting the tent on a new platform, “that we could wash our sleeping bags. They are so foul. But there’s no way they’ll ever dry out here and then what do we do at night?”

“I have thought that again and again.” Esquibel emerges from within her clean room. “I dream of turning my sleeping bag inside out and strip-cleaning its fabrics with alcohol.”

“Okay, crew.” Amy empties her big expedition backpack into her tent, returning the articles of dirty clothing and accessories she should wash back into it. “You guys keep working. I’ll be the washing machine and dryer. Put your things in there with any special instructions. I can’t promise perfection, but…”

“Oh, you’re the best. Thank you so much. I think the weather might even hold all night.” Mandy appears with a small handful of things, followed by Triquet and Miriam and Esquibel. Amy’s pack is quickly full. She’s glad the others aren’t here to take her up on the offer. Laundry by hand takes forever. With any more to wash, Amy wouldn’t get back until midnight.

“You sure… you’re okay going alone?” Triquet has returned to building their platform.

“Who says I’ll be alone?” Amy nods at the golden childs who stand deeper in the woods above. Five of them had re-appeared once the villagers had left, watching over the new camp from a distance. And as Amy hauls the pack onto her back and buckles the waistbelt, one of the crouching masked youths rises to follow her.

She aims for the north edge of the meadow, where it gives way to trees. The black rushing river to her right is even more swollen than before. There is a point on its bank where the meadow ends and the pines begin. Amy pauses here for a bit. Such a delicious spot for a wildlife biologist, the intersection of three biomes in one place—forest, meadow, and water. Insect and fungal life probably exists in this ten square meters that exists nowhere else. If she has time, she will certainly collect every sample she can. Why, it’s like Plexity in miniature. “No. Actually…” Amy stands, reasoning aloud. “It’s the opposite of Plexity, which is a closed system. This transition zone has no boundaries at all. Its openness is its main characteristic. Huh.” Keeping the river to her right, she climbs up the north slope, a suddenly difficult outcrop of soil and brown pine needles sliding under her boots. The river begins to gargle beside her, dropping from the hills she’s climbing to the flat of the meadow behind. Maybe up this way she’ll find more falls.

The golden childs hovers behind her like a concerned parent, waiting patiently for her to navigate this crumbling obstacle. Amy reaches for the base of a sapling and hauls herself upward. Finally, the top. A bank of budding Osmaronia cerasiformis greets her on this bluff, while the river is now hidden in a cut that is a good five meters below, making all kinds of noise.

Amy pushes her way through the dense woody branches and wins through to a cloistered glade of clover and vetch, coated in rain. No more than a dozen paces wide, it is like a little chapel of light and life. The scene is so idyllic and pure that she doesn’t want to disturb it. Perhaps she should be like those Shinto monks who apologize to each creature they crush before taking a step.

The little glade bespells her. Unlike the transition zone below, this remote notch is far removed from the rhythms of the world. Purple blossoms and green leaves glow in the light of the setting sun. A pair of green-tailed towhees flicker in the branches of the pines above. Quiet and peace reign here. If she wasn’t the product of a modern education she would swear the glade is sentient.

During Amy’s childhood, Shinto had been a kind of strict folklore tradition she’d learned to hate. The rites and details of the rituals had seemed to always obscure the life it was supposedly praising. In Shinto, Japan has a mythological dimension, with gods and demons and fairies hiding in glens like this one. But Shinto is immutably Japanese, so there can be no such thing as a Lisican version of Shinto. It must just be its own magic here, its own unique power connected to place with its own secret name.

Amy has been pursuing this elusive nature of nature her entire life. Back in the 80s she had really gotten into complexity theory and for an entire generation the concept of emergent behavior was her specialty. Once complex systems reach a critical mass then new harmonics emerge, new behaviors and effects that are not always predictable based on the inputs, like steam from a kettle or human consciousness itself. Has that happened here in this glade? Has it… embodied somehow the essence of its nature? Does it have a giggling sylph or dryad hiding in the pines?

This elusive emergent property is the phenomenon of life itself, a rare miracle in the universe, firmly affixed to this tiny green and blue rock hurtling through the void. The study of emergence is the end result of the connections Plexity is trying to make. This is the evanescent heart of the matter here. Each scoop of dirt and rock that took billions of years to become soil and life has made unique interactions manifest in higher orders such as birds sipping nectar from beckoning flowers. And their song is its secret name…

Dark eyes stare back at Amy from within the stand of sword ferns across the glade. Wide and staring, round and beady… The inexact descriptors echo through her mind as she goes still. Yellow. Shiny. Quite certainly inhuman, perhaps canine? Oh, it’s a fox. Is that Morska Vidra’s fox? No… This one has a reddish lip and a narrow snout. The ears are different too, now that she can see them.

The little silver fox slowly waddles out from under the fern boughs onto the clover. Its belly is swollen and at first Amy thinks it’s diseased. Then she realizes she’s looking at a vixen, a female, and that she’s very pregnant.

This is wildly unheard of behavior. Foxes expecting litters like this will generally withdraw and be impossible to find. For one to seek her out is… preposterous. But then again, why do animals hide themselves to give birth? To protect against predators. If there are no predators of foxes on Lisica, then she can build a nest wherever she pleases. Astounding. But this one needs something from her? The pregnancy isn’t going well? Some veterinary surgery will be required out here in the middle of nowhere with no proper tools?

The vixen looks gravely at Amy with her yellow eyes. Then she turns and heads to the edge of the glade away from the creek, uphill. She pauses before she disappears once again into the ferns.

“You’re asking me…? Oh. You want me to come with you. Uh. Yeah. Hold on. I’ll just leave the bag here for a sec.”

Amy unbuckles the expedition backpack, trying to think if there’s anything she can use as rags if she finds herself attending a birth here. She snags a pair of someone’s socks from the top of it before closing it back up and resting it beside the bole of an old stump. There will be some crawling ahead, of that she is sure. Good thing her phone is fully charged if she needs light.

Ducking into the bushes, Amy disappears from view. After a long moment the fronds of the ferns stop shaking and return to stillness. Lavender butterflies flit across the opening. The towhees begin to sing again.

A moment later, the golden childs appears, looking for her. They find the backpack filled with dirty clothes and nothing else.

Ξ

Miriam finds Alonso in the meadow, studying the far hills. He has just enraged Maahjabeen again, who is stomping away from him back through the grass to what they’ve started calling pine camp.

Maahjabeen’s face is dark and her eyes are full of fire. She scowls at Miriam as she passes her. “Your husband can be so mean. He doesn’t have to be so mean.”

“Mean? Alonso?” Miriam blinks at her, but Maahjabeen doesn’t stop to hear her answer. She is too angry. “My Alonso? Never.”

Miriam joins her husband in the meadow. “You’re standing.”

“I am, aren’t I?” Alonso is preoccupied, though. Fighting with Maahjabeen always leaves such a bad taste in his mouth.

“What did you do to her this time?”

“Told her to stop making preparations to live in the sea cave and help us find missing people first and make this camp here.”

“You monster.”

“And I didn’t tell her she couldn’t do it. Oh, no. She would have killed me for that. I just told her to stop making it her top priority, especially when she will need help. We have no time to spare Amy or whoever for a dangerous kayak adventure. Not now.”

“She said living inland makes her crazy. I guess this is what she meant.” Miriam studies Alonso. Despite his current displeasure he is standing straight again and his shoulders have settled. This is how she always knew him before, but these last six weeks have been life with a fat old man hunched over his pain. Now he is starting to regain himself. Miriam never thought he might recover quite so quickly. “How’s the… what is it? Peanut butter and banana leaves treatment? How’s the wrap?”

“Not banana. Amy said maybe lily. It feels very odd. Warm, like warmer than it should, all the way inside. There is definitely an active compound or two in the Mayor’s treatment. I just hope there aren’t any serious side effects.”

“How long are you meant to leave it on?”

“I have no idea.”

They both laugh, a careworn sound. With a sigh, Alonso pulls Miriam close and they lean against each other, foreheads touching. The sky is filling once again with clouds, about to obscure the evening star. When it vanishes behind the rolling bank of gray the air begins to chill and they turn back, arm-in-arm, to camp.

There they find more arguing. Mandy storms from the clean room carrying her own bag. “She’s too much! I can’t take it any more. I’ll just—”

“You don’t have to like break up with me,” Esquibel exits as well, standing in the slit door entrance holding a white hand towel, “just because I asked you to move a few things that—”

“You’re hounding me! You’re always hounding me!” Mandy finds her own platform and drops her things on it. Now she’ll need to put up her own tent. At least maybe she can do it in peace.

“Well pardon me for being a doctor in a medical clinic!” Holding her hands up, Esquibel makes a visible effort to rein in her temper. “Perhaps I could have said it more nicely, and for that I am sorry, dearest Mandy, but please don’t make me apologize out here in front of everybody. It isn’t…”

“I’m not making you do a single thing. Ever notice that?” Mandy doesn’t know where this monumental irritation has come from. But she just can’t take the constant badgering and criticism any more. She needs her own space.

“You are…” Esquibel lifts a helpless hand and lets it drop, “…a wonderful partner. It is true. I am sorry.”

“Oh, Mandy loves you. It’s just, I think what she’s trying to say is that sometimes you…” Katrina offers in a helpful voice.

But Esquibel blazes once more. “Oh, don’t you dare put yourself in the middle of this. Not you.”

Katrina retreats, stung, the light of innocence dying in her eyes.

Miriam calls out, “Ladies, ladies. Please don’t let your frustration and exhaustion turn things sour. It’s just been a long few days. We’re frightened and at the ends of our ropes. That’s all. Things will be better after a nice hot dinner and full night’s rest.”

“Right. I can’t build my tent.” Mandy drops its aluminum poles with a clatter and stands, still quivering with indignation. “I have to cook dinner. Amy can’t. Jay isn’t even fucking here. It’s all on me. God! How did I end up with so much still to do?”

“I’ll put up your tent, sweetie,” Triquet offers. “I’d help you in the kitchen too but I’m not…”

“I can help in the kitchen.” Alonso moves toward it. He is not without pain and stiffness, but it is not corroding him. There is no timer on him standing up anymore. Now he has stamina. “Where is Amy, anyway?”

“Doing laundry.”

“Ohh… I have a few things… Where is she?”

Miriam points upstream. It is getting dark now and the slope is obscured in shadow. “Somewhere up there.”

“Well. Then I will wait until morning. Coming, Mandy. I will be your prep cook and dishwasher.”

Ξ

“So, this time we are neighbors, eh?” Flavia finally finishes putting her platform together, wrapping twine around the sawn pine branches and testing it with her feet. She smiles at Triquet. “Perhaps that means I can borrow some of your fabulous clothes.”

“Whenever you want, girlfriend.”

They work side-by-side for a long while in companionable silence. Triquet reaches for something more to say. Flavia is pretty much the only one Triquet hasn’t established a deeper relationship with and all they know of her is that she’s an Italian nerd who spends the whole day on her laptop. “You know, I have a cousin who’s a research math professor. Smart as a whip.”

Flavia isn’t too excited by this awkward small talk but she does appreciate the effort. “Oh? What does she study?”

“Uh. Mainly insurance? She wrote a book called ‘The Hidden History of Deductibles.’ Fascinating stuff, I’m sure.”

“Well, it can be. There is good work being done characterizing human behavior using maths. When done properly, it is actually kind of scary. We really aren’t that much more complex than a paramecium, if you get right down to it. People can be reduced to a few simple equations and interactions no problem. ”

But for a humanist such as Triquet this is a bit much. “We can? Just a few? I always thought I was a bit more… I don’t know, mystifying than that. I mean, in my case, I got a little coy with my internal motivations years ago when everyone tried to convince me that my choices don’t make sense.”

“Oh, they do. You are just… Triquet my friend you are outside the frame of reference. I would say most researchers are running maths simulations that you do not properly fit into. But the problem is not with the maths, it’s with their definitions.”

Triquet makes a face. This reductionism doesn’t sit right with them. As an archaeologist, the historical record of humanity is a rich and bewildering tapestry of unique characters and actions that can never be so neatly encapsulated. “So you’re telling me that all my behavior is… computable? That the reason I built a platform here as opposed to against another tree—say, that one—is just a basic function of mathematics?”

Flavia shrugs and pushes her hair from her face, taking a break from erecting her tent. “I mean, sure. Don’t you see? There are a finite number of factors that caused you to choose that tree. Each factor has values that can be assigned and those values…”

“But what if some of those factors remain hidden? Maybe I don’t quite know why I chose this tree. Maybe my father was killed by an oak tree and I’ve like subconsciously avoided them for years.”

“Your knowledge of the factors that shape your decision are not necessary for computation to occur. The calculations still happen independently of your self-regard.” She suppresses a sigh. To Flavia, this ontological perspective is painfully self-evident and at this point in her life, automatic. But she has also had enough of these conversations to know how unpopular they are. “Look. A lot of people thinks this means we must live in a horrible clockwork universe without free will, but I am not saying that. I am just saying these maths are the tools we use to make our way in the world. But there is no destined solution these tools are leading you toward. They are just another way we make decisions and express them.”

Triquet shrugs agreeably. “Okay. Then let’s say we’re able to identify all these factors that make me choose this particular pine tree to build my platform around. It makes sense, your numbers all add up, and the results are clear. But what if, at the last moment, I decide to randomly choose another tree. What if I stop what I’m doing for no reason at all, and just build a platform around this little sapling instead? Then what?”

Flavia narrows her eyes and expels her breath through her nose, trying not to groan aloud in exasperation. Why must maths be so hard for people to understand? “It is still a rational expression. Even if it is randomly generated. Especially if it is. If you roll the dice for your decision, that is very simple arithmetic. We generate random values all the time in my field.”

“But it isn’t rolling dice, it’s…” Triquet puts their hand to their heart, trying to find words for the chaotic welter of emotions and desires that flow through them. “My heart isn’t made of numbers. It’s made of feelings, many of them contradictory, yeah? I’m afraid that all you…” Ah, but how to mention ‘computer nerds’ without hurting her feelings? “It’s just that life isn’t as neat as you want it to be. Look at the golden childs. Why are they protecting us? Some kind of prophecy? Why do they believe in the prophecy? Faith, I guess. But how do you measure faith? How do you turn it into a quadratic equation or whatever? Don’t you feel like you’d miss out on essential elements of the whole thing?”

Flavia shakes her head no. “Quadratic equations are not the best tool for these jobs because they are univariate. No. Listen. This is a linguistic thing I know. The ‘es’ in ‘essential’ is one of the oldest roots in Indo-European languages, from thousands of years before the Latin ‘essentialis.’ It means ‘to be.’ So our essence is that which makes us be. Not how we imagine ourselves in a different universe based on magical thinking, not how we wish to be, but how we are in this physical world. The physical world can only be described by physics, which means maths, so…” she shrugs, “I do not know what to tell you except this is starting to sound like the arguments I have with Maahjabeen about god.”

“No, I’m not like a religious…” Triquet objects, then falls silent, realizing that the subjectivity they are championing will eventually lead to that spiritual conclusion. Religion. Myth. Magic. Triquet’s always given a kind of formal academic honor to those concepts, making sure that they are properly respectful of the cultures they study without needing to make a final decision about whether those myths and religions are actually provably true. But if it came down to it, does Triquet actually believe in any of the the ritual traditions their subjects practice? When the Yanomami of Brazil eat their hallucinogenic Yopo plants do they really gain access to hekura spirits that rule the physical world? When orphans in Crimea have nightmares about Baba Yaga does the old crone actually manifest or is it just their imagination? And what about those beliefs that conflict, such as when sects of Christianity turn on each other like in, oh, The Hundred Years War? Are both of their interpretations of the Bible true? Neither? Can two contradictory things be true at the same time? Can things be true only on the local or individual level? Perhaps acts of faith are the opposite of universal, especially in this age of tribalism. “I have always…” Triquet gathers their thoughts, sitting on the end of their platform struggling to put their unstated policy into words. “I guess the way I try to think about it is that we are each of us different kinds of magicians.”

“What? No.”

“Yes! Haven’t you ever thought of things this way? I had Dia, an old great-aunt who swore she had dreams that could tell the future. Did you have anybody in your family like that growing up?”

“Of course. In Italy, anyone over the age of sixty has some kind of supernatural power.”

“Right. And our first reaction to Dia’s dreams would always be disbelief. Cynicism. My parents would argue with her about her crackpot soothsaying dreams and astrology readings long after dinner was over. And at first I was on my parents’ side.”

“Only at first? Then what?”

“Then it occurred to me one day that maybe universal laws just aren’t so universal. I know that my dreams can’t tell the future. But can I really authoritatively assert that nobody’s dreams can tell the future? Maybe that’s just the kind of magic that Dia can practice. My magic is, like, in my costumes. I can turn an entire party on its head by showing up dressed as Cher. And I don’t mean that it’s the sequins and lipstick. It’s that I cast a spell, honey, and people fall under that spell and it really works. What’s your magic?”

“My magic? Eh.” Flavia tries to forcibly shift her perspective for the sake of this conversation. “Alonso with his big Cuban family magic. Katrina with her DJ magic. I mean, aren’t those just other words for wine and drugs?”

“You know there’s more to it than that.”

“Is there? I am Flavia. I have no magic. Full stop. I am entirely a creature made of numbers. Is that magical to you? Because to me it is not. It is just like graduate-level seminar statistics. These things you are talking about are mathematical probabilities, not voodoo.”

“The point I’m trying to make is that, in my humble estimation, I can’t be certain of the empirical universality of anything. Sure, every star we’ve discovered so far fuses hydrogen into heavier elements. But does that mean all stars will, everywhere, forever? I can’t know that, so I have to stay humble and not get tempted by calling things absolutes. Ultimately my subjectivity trumps all. I mean, I can’t be a religious worshipper because I have no faith. But for those who do, maybe their universe is truly so different that I honestly can’t speak to whether they are actually talking to their god or not. I just don’t have that talent. But I do have other talents. You have your numbers, but that doesn’t preclude Maahjabeen’s access to Allah or whatever. That’s just her own inimitable talent. The Lisicans. They live in such a different reality we can’t just slap our Western number system, our analytics, on them and say we get it. We’ve been trying to understand their life and culture for six fucking weeks and gotten no closer.”

“Maybe they have their own maths.”

This stops both of them, the notion that all Lisican behavior might be described by an indigenous mathematical structure that is separate and unique from the numerical traditions they know.

Triquet rubs their chin, mind sparking with half-formed insights. “Well there’s another career’s worth of study right there. No, it’s just that I’ve always given space to people and their traditions. Respecting them allows us to see more of the humanity in our subjects. In other words, post-colonial guilt, and lots of it. See, to me, the very definition of humanity is something that transcends math and science. This is why in every one of our cultures we talk of spirit and soul. There is something else to it, in ways that we all interpret in our own unique subjective ways. I mean, we had some pretty wise ancestors and they tried to teach us things, yeah? So like celebrate diversity, sister. We are all of us, all eight billion humans, individuals with unique patterns and points of view.”

Flavia laughs. “Or, as your aunt the insurance researcher has proven, we are no more than five major personality types with billions of us fundamentally identical. Not that there is anything wrong with that… That is how biological agents interact with environments to create what look like unique phenomena, but are really just the same base integers in different combinations, and our own ability to remember these patterns or even correctly identify them is very bad because really we are still just a bunch of apes.”

“Finally, something we can agree on.” Triquet scratches their ribs in caricature of a primate. “Oo oo. Aah aah.”

Ξ

In the middle of the night her eyes open, belatedly realizing Amy never came back from doing laundry. Is that true? She’s pretty sure it is. Casting off her sleeping bag with a silent curse, she slips from her tent with her phone in hand. She pads over to Amy’s tent and shines its light within. Yep, still empty.

But someone is awake. Through the trees she can see their dim silhouette out on the meadow, standing tall and silent in the gloom. Stepping closer, she turns the light off and peers through the obscuring branches to see if it is who she fears it might be.

Clouds stripe the sky, their edges lit by an intermittent moon. Shadows roll across the meadow. When they retreat the figure is gone. No… Just crouching, closer to the trees now. And someone else is with them, a small dark figure dressed all in black.

She eases forward to see what they’re doing. Their heads lean together for a long moment and then the second figure rises to a crouch and scurries away. But this is no native, and definitely no one in her crew. They move like some lethal video game character, like an assassin or a spy. After a moment they are swallowed by the shadows. The second figure stands, tall and dark.

Esquibel.

Wrapping her black coat around herself, Esquibel steps quietly back into camp. She wishes for nothing more than a long hot shower to wash all this grime away. But she will not have one of those for two more weeks. She must stay filthy until then.

Stepping from the quiet grasses of the meadow to the dry twigs and needles of the pine forest requires all her care. She takes it extremely slowly, lifting and dropping each foot in slow motion. The camp is ahead, cloaked in darkness. If she can just get back to her cot in the clean room she will know she is home free.

It had taken so much nattering of Mandy to get her to leave her side tonight the pangs of guilt poke at her, again and again. Well. She is doing all this for Mandy and the others. Someday they will hear of her sacrifices and maybe understand. And now that it is over she can go back to treating Mandy like the princess she is.

Resisting an impulse to cross the camp and join Mandy’s lovely sleeping form right now, Esquibel takes another careful step.

Wait. Someone is there, in the darkness, watching her. Esquibel is sure of it. She can’t see a figure but she knows deep in her bones they are there. She stops, like a fool, her hand straying to the back of her waistband, and stares at where their eyes must be.

“Identify yourself.” Esquibel’s whisper tries to sound forceful without waking anyone else up.

But whoever it is doesn’t speak or move. They only dwell in the center of the darkness. She can’t even see their eyes.

Esquibel hesitates. Is it one of the golden childs crouching in the bushes? Almost certainly. Or maybe one of those odious shamans who are causing so much trouble. “Go ahead. Just try to kidnap me,” she mutters. “Just try it.”

Still no movement. She can see nothing but the dark. It’s just a presence she can sense, an unbearable prickling a millimeter under her skin. Someone is there. Isn’t there?

Or is it just her imagination? Another dimension of her rampant guilt? No, there is no one there, surely. She took every precaution. These people are all dead tired. None of them are awake. And none of them crouch in the dark like this, like a panther… No. This is just her fear of being found out.

“It isn’t what you think,” she mutters, surprised at how much she needs to confess to this knot of darkness. “I am not doing this for myself, but for those I love. I am not a traitor.”

This is the one thing Esquibel told herself she could never do. Say the words aloud. As long as she keeps them within the confines of her own skull she is safe, never to be discovered. But she didn’t know how difficult that would be, how it would contort every one of her thoughts and actions to hide the little secret inside, like that one unknown dark sliver Pradeep found in the knot of seaweed. She is bloated by her secret and just needs the relief of the pressure. Just a bit, just by whispering her secret to a spot of darkness.

“The money is good but it’s not about that. We’re playing a very deep game here. A very necessary game with geopolitical interests. And besides, it’s just the Japanese. They’re harmless.”

The darkness absorbs the sentences. But a bitter judgment still somehow emanates from it. Esquibel can tell her words are insufficient. Espionage is espionage, no matter how you cut it. Ah, well. She feels no better for confessing. “What a bloody mess.”

Esquibel shakes her head and finally drops her hand from her waistband. She steps past the knot of darkness feeling wretched and misunderstood. Thoughts of her cold hard cot fill her head. Yes, oblivion is all she can hope for now.

And then, to her utter dreadful surprise, a whisper emerges from the darkness, a voice she knows. “Fucking hell. I knew you were up to something. Well, guess what. I switched the USB drive.”

Chapter 44 – In The Rain

October 28, 2024

Lisica Chapters

Thanks for joining us for the third volume of our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is image-7-29-24-at-9.28e280afam.jpg

Audio for this episode:

44 – In The Rain

“God, look at that, Jay. Actual sunlight.” It streams through the trees ahead during a break in the storm, illuminating the pillars of redwood groves, which give way to a great expanse on the far side. “Almost there now.”

Jay limps along behind Pradeep, one eye squeezed shut, a hand plastered against his left side. “One sec.” He falls to his knees and heaves up the bile in his stomach. It is empty of food. Bile is all he’s got. Oh, yeah. That definitely makes the incision scream. And now his throat is so torn up it will never be the same. Pain everywhere, inside and out.

“Are you ill, my friend? Or just…” Pradeep makes a sweeping gesture with his hand, including all Jay’s injuries.

“Just…” Jay repeats the gesture, “exhausted.” But it is too painful to speak, the acid scoring his windpipe. He hauls himself to his feet and taps his chest pocket. “Least I got my phone back. Worth it.” He forces himself to move again. They are nearly there.

Dropping down a loose slope onto a wide basin, they shuffle across the forest floor as the groves give way to open ground. The creek has dropped off somewhere to their left. The woods are silent and still, the birds and insects continuing to hide from the storm.

“Weather coming back,” Pradeep observes. “That’s why they don’t come out. They know this is just a quick break. Ugh. Look at the clouds coming. So sick of the rain.”

“Who doesn’t come out?” Jay peers around.

“The animals. The fauna. That’s why it’s so quiet in here.”

Jay slurps a trickle of cold water off a lily’s broad leaf. It leaves a floral, sticky taste in his mouth. But it soothes his throat. Now he can speak again. “Study I read right before I left. Researchers have been listening to forests. In the ultrasonic range, just above human hearing. Plants talk.”

“With a bunch of tiny high-pitched voices? It is so cold today! Like that?” Pradeep is pleased with his joke but Jay doesn’t laugh. Oh, well. This is why he doesn’t crack jokes. Nobody expects humor from him. “Well, this is what I just proved with Plexity and the mycelium networks. Chemical signals travel along immense and far-flung networks carrying data…”

“Yeah, but this is through the air. Sounds like it does underwater. At a coral reef when you dive. All those pops and clicks and trills.”

“Really?” Pradeep listens but of course he can’t hear them.

“The more stressed the plants are the more clicks they make. If we just had a bit better hearing we’d hear them all the time. Know when to water our houseplants and such. Most critters must hear the plants chattering away like constantly. But happy plants only click like once an hour.”

“Well then this is indeed a quiet forest. These trees have to be pretty happy with all this rain and now sun.”

“Wait.” Jay stops, listening intently. “I do hear something.”

Pradeep listens too. It is a voice so distant that they can only sense its tones and textures against the edges of the silence. “Okay. Come on, this way. But quiet. Who knows who it is?”

They step in that direction, finding a gully dividing the ground choked with ferns. They follow it in the general direction of the voice, finally coming to a dead stop at a sudden drop.

A line of dark stone past the vegetation falls away nearly ten meters to a deeper cut in the ground, where their gully joins a larger one. This has running water at the bottom and a sandbar with a figure crouched on it. Wetchie-ghuy. But he isn’t looking at them. He is looking at a bay tree beside the water in which Jidadaa is perched out of reach.

She is speaking Lisican to the shaman. When Pradeep and Jay arrive she doesn’t stop or acknowledge them, nor does Wetchie-ghuy. Her voice ends in a question and his answer is abrupt.

She asks another question. “Xʼoon yadyee x̱ʼaadáx̱ sá?”

“Yax̱adoosh.”

“Ai eh.” Jidadaa finally turns to the two outsiders. “Seven days. That is how long.”

“How long until what?” Jay’s voice is filled with suspicion.

“The little babies are born. The fox babies.”

“Kits.” Pradeep studies this scene. It is some kind of standoff here, where Wetchie-ghuy waits for Jidadaa to, what, surrender? Give him back his little doll? Both? “We call baby foxes kits. But what does that have to do with anything? Don’t they have like five litters a year? I’m just shocked the island isn’t overrun with them.”

Surprisingly, Jidadaa translates Pradeep’s words for Wetchie-ghuy. He only pulls his lips back over his teeth and grimaces. Then, with the compulsion of a pedagogue, he begins to lecture them all on the subject.

Jidadaa says, “Foxes are old here. First fox came with Tuzhit. First man. Lisica beautiful then. All birds, all little mice. Then foxes eat all the birds. All the mice. All the snake and lizard. Then men say, no more fox. They kill. All fox gone. Then Lisica is very bad. Very bad time and all people are unhappy. But one fox is left, hiding. They find. She has baby kits. Eight. One for each village or íx̱tʼ…” She gestures at Wetchie-ghuy. “Long time ago. But now, only three fox left. One, she is gone right now. Hiding to have baby kits. Wetchie-ghuy and Daadaxáats look and look but they don’t find. They fight, to be the one to control fox baby kits.”

Wetchie-ghuy drops into a crouch upon hearing his rival’s name spoken aloud. He mutters darkly to himself.

“Wait…” Pradeep tries to digest all this information. “This is what their argument is about? Who gets custody of the silver fox kits? That’s… bizarre. They’re like kidnapping and poisoning people over it? Bloody hell. So Wetchie-ghuy used to have a fox of his own but it died? It ran away? And now he wants another?”

“He wants all. Make the decide. To decide who get fox. When fox can have baby kits, they are spirit of village. Without fox, village die. With new fox, new life.”

“Jidadaa, watch out!”

Jay barely has the first syllable of her name out before Wetchie-ghuy twitches forward, leaping for the lowest branches of the bay tree. But Jidadaa twitches as well, and seemingly without any effort at all she is crouched on an even higher limb.

Jidadaa holds out Wetchie-ghuy’s doll as a taunt and curses him, the Lisican words coming fast and furious. She threatens to pull the doll apart and the shaman below her relents, falling away from the tree and retreating to the sandbar, where he crouches once more.

“What is that thing you stole?” Pradeep calls out. “Why does he care so much for it?”

“This is magic doll. It tells Wetchie-ghuy where to find foxes.”

“Ah.” Pradeep nods. “That makes sense.”

“It does? In what universe does that make sense?” Jay rasps. “No. What I want to know is what the fucking shamans want with us? Why do they keep after us? Shouldn’t they focus on the fox?”

But Jidadaa doesn’t need to ask Wetchie-ghuy why. She already knows the answer. “You are magic. You are koox̱.”

Jay and Pradeep frown at each other. “Unexpected,” Pradeep finally manages. “I don’t feel like magic. Nor koosh.”

Jidadaa calls out to Wetchie-ghuy, shaking the doll, indicating that if he doesn’t let her go she will throw it in the stream. Finally, he appears to give up. With a final glare over his shoulder at her, he withdraws back up the gully out of sight.

Triumphant, she smiles at Pradeep and Jay. “I will kill his doll.”

“We know you will, sister.” Jay gives her a thumbs up. “Don’t need that jackoff in charge of the foxes anyway. Not when they’re the soul of each village. That’s crazy. So the foxes showed up like three hundred years ago, wiped out all the native populations, then the people wiped out the foxes but then they realized they majorly F’d up and now they got nothing but this strict breeding program like my cousin Becky and her French Bulldogs with the AKC?”

But Jidadaa isn’t really listening. She’s peering back the way Wetchie-ghuy went.

“This makes Morska Vidra a more important figure than we knew,” Pradeep reasons. “Or at least his fox. I’m shocked Wetchie-ghuy doesn’t try to steal his.”

The rain starts again. “Welp.” Jay waves at Jidadaa. “Time to get moving on. This has been crazy, as always. Thanks, I guess, for saving our asses again. Good luck with the doll and the foxes and all that. But we got to get back to our buddies. It’s been too long.” He steps back from the edge of the stone cliff, trying to abandon Jidadaa here and find a way to the open land ahead.

“You don’t have any more questions for her?” Pradeep feels like he could ask Jidadaa questions all day. “She’s the only one who knows what is happening here and has enough English to enlighten us. Like, who are the golden childs, eh? Are they the third village? Jidadaa? The golden man and his childs?”

Finally she turns back to look at them, her face filled with worry. “Secret village. Shidl Dít. Thunderbird House. Live in trees. Hiding tribe. Nobody know them.”

Jay has run out of patience and his exhaustion is threatening to drop him where he stands. “Look, Prad. She’s a thief. I’m not even sure we should believe anything she says about the villages or the foxes or any of the—”

But Pradeep isn’t going to let this opportunity pass. “Yes, I know. But her answers are better than nothing, aren’t they?” He turns back to the girl in the tree. “And what about Lisicans in general? Are they glad we are here? Angry? Are they against us or…? I mean, do they even understand what we’re trying to do here?”

Jidadaa looks across the way to them. “People are sad. Jay is lidass. I am Jidadaa. Time is end.” And then she twitches again. The limb shivers and leaves fall. But she is gone.

“Whoa. How’d she do that? Is she…?” Pradeep tries to get a different angle on the bay tree’s crown, “…still in there somewhere? I mean, she must be, right?”

“Don’t sweat it, Prad. She’ll find us when she finds us. Come on. I think we can get down this way. Let’s hurry back home before the rain starts pouring again.”

Pradeep’s gaze lingers on the green cloud of bay leaves hiding her. “Don’t disappear! Jidadaa! Come with us!”

“Fuck that.” Jay starts without Pradeep, who reluctantly follows after a brief interval. They can’t take the chance on Wetchie-ghuy finding them separated.

“Hold on, Jay. I’m coming.”

And just a few moments later they finally win free of the trees for the first time all day. A great green meadow spreads before them, its hillocks still obscuring the creek. Jay crosses the open ground, the tall green grasses streaking his legs with water. “Okay. Back in business. Now as soon as I find the river again I can navigate us back to the village. Then it’s just a hey-how-you-doing to the villagers and then it’s straight through to the tunnels and the bunker and a hot meal and hammock. Yeah, boy. Let’s do this.”

But Jay reaches one hillock higher than the rest and stops. He turns and turns, his face filling with first confusion, then fear, then despair. He groans and nearly collapses.

Pradeep hurries to his side. “What? What is it?”

Jay is too dispirited to speak. He just makes a weak gesture with his one working arm.

Pradeep turns and turns, looking for the way out. Perhaps he’s just seeing it all wrong. “What is it? Which way, Jay?”

“I don’t know!” Jay falls to his knees, fully spent. “I’ve never been here before! This isn’t the right valley! We’ve been following the wrong creek this whole time and came out in the wrong place! I don’t have a fucking clue where we are!”

Ξ

At the top of the tunnel, Mandy finds Morska Vidra and his fox waiting at the village’s boundary. “Hi…!” she calls out, as sweetly as she can. “Your new neighbors here! Super excited to, like, move in and be part of the community!”

Her bubbly delivery usually works to disarm whoever she points it at. But Morska Vidra appears to be immune to her charms. Bummer. She was hoping to get this started on a positive note. “Here. Triquet said I shouldn’t, but I brought you a little gift.”

Mandy holds out a small package she was able to wrap in a page of a medical device’s line-drawn diagrams and decorate with a bow she painstakingly fashioned from sliced strips of colored paper. He stares at her, making no move to take her offering. His fox darts forward instead, rising up and gently pulling the little box from her hands. The little silver creature scampers away, disappearing into the gray haze of light at the tunnel’s entrance.

Mandy’s reaction is a few seconds too late. “No! Oh, no! Come back! It’s chocolate. Oh my god. I don’t know if… It might be poisonous to a fox. Like you know how dogs and cats, they can’t have chocolate?” Mandy belatedly realizes Morska Vidra has no idea what a dog or cat is. “No, come on. I’m totally serious. It’s like a liver issue or something? We have to get it back.” Mandy hurries past the old man, who still hasn’t made a move. Then she recalls the traditional greeting. “Uh… Bontiik!” She hurries back to him and chucks him under the chin.

A paternal smile creases his face now that the proper forms have been observed. “Bontiik.” His knuckle touches her own chin and he gives her a wide smile.

“Okay. Now let’s find the fox before it hurts itself. I know it’s just a pet but you don’t want it to get sick!”

Mandy exits the cave, scanning the tracks ahead. They quickly disappear in the packed earth of the village proper. She studies the walls of the cliff on either side of the cave mouth, then all the brush crowding against the nearest houses.

A pair of children peek out from a house, no more than six and four years old. They chatter at her, one’s words atop the other. Then their words run together in a shared chant. They giggle.

“Hi! There was a fox…? Have you seen it? I gave it a present. A lovely… tasty… present.” But regardless of where she looks, she can find no sign of where the fox has gone. “Shoot.” She points into the village at random spots and asks the kids, “Where…? Like where does the fox live? Like, where’s its bed?” Mandy grew up with cats. She knows how they think.

But the kids just start another chant, laughing at her.

Mandy slowly enters the wide village square, realizing that she is making a spectacle of herself. Smiling weakly, she just really doesn’t want to be responsible for making their pet sick. That would be the opposite of a positive note. That would be a disaster.

The village is busy, with a small family outside their hut grinding something green and brown in a stone bowl with a rock. Another old man faces a loom, plaiting a long sheet of textiles of black and red bands. An old woman lounges outside her house, leaning back against a pole and chewing a piece of grass. Her eyes are red-rimmed and sad, as if she’s been crying. Mandy addresses her: “You see Morska Vidra’s fox run this way? The little fox? Uh, Lisica?” Yeah, she should have been using that word all along.

The old woman lifts her hand. In it is the gift the fox stole.

“Oh, thank god.” Mandy reels away in relief. Then she circles back to the woman and the gift. “You can have it. It’s for you. I wrapped it myself.” She kneels in front of the old woman and points with excitement at the little cube, its white paper now smudged with dirt and indented with tooth marks.

The old woman only looks at Mandy with her troubled gaze.

“Aw, are you having a bad day? Here. I’ll show you. Look. It’s a present! Do you guys do presents?” Mandy reaches out and gently takes the gift back. “Look. It goes like this.” She had no tape so the paper is folded back in on itself like the origami she was taught in elementary school. Mandy pulls out the corner and unwraps the gift, handing the sheet of paper to the old woman.

She turns it over in her hands, her eyes still sad.

“But wait. There’s more.” Mandy presents the stack of gold-foil wrapped off-brand chocolate squares she’d snared in the airport right before they’d taken off. This has been her stash, a carefully-preserved secret that has kept her going through the darkest days. She has enough for two chocolates per day, three on special days when she really needs the extra love. This is five pieces of dark chocolate, two whole days of her stash, that she’s willing to sacrifice for the good vibes. Now if she can just manifest those vibes…

Carefully peeling the foil from the first chocolate, Mandy hands it to her. The old woman takes the gold wrapping and stares at it in wonder. She gently crumples it around her fingertip and releases a single ‘huh’ as an exclamation.

“Yeah, but that’s not even the best bit. This is.” Mandy breaks off a tiny bit of the chocolate and hands it out to the woman. She dutifully takes it, another inexplicable object in her cupped hands.

“Eat it. Like this.” Mandy nibbles at the corner of the chocolate. “Quick! Before it melts! Yummm! So good!” She mimes bringing the chocolate to her mouth over and over until the old woman does so too.

The old woman tastes the chocolate. She makes a face and spits it out, then hands the little nib back to Mandy. But she keeps the foil and sheet of paper.

“Mandy! What are you doing without your mask and gloves?”

Esquibel stands at the cave mouth, Morska Vidra beside her. She wears her own, the hospital blue of her mask and gloves a shocking artificial color in this brown and green village.

“Oh, right. I didn’t remember…” Mandy searches her pockets for these articles. But before she can find them, she says, “I mean, tons of times we’ve been unmasked in front of the villagers by now. If they were gonna get sick, it would have happened by now.”

“It is policy. Mask use only works if it is consistent.”

With a final smile to the old woman and the kids watching her, Mandy puts the mask and gloves on and joins Esquibel at the edge of the village. “Did you say Bontiik to him?” Mandy indicates Morska Vidra, standing patiently beside Esquibel.

“Huh? Oh. Uh…” Esquibel performs the quick ceremony and allows Morska Vidra to chuck her chin in return. “Remind me to sanitize my chin when I get a chance.” Then she turns, a very large and imposing black woman in the middle of this village of little brown people. She seems not to understand how dramatic her impact is here. “So. This is the village? The outer village where they’re nice, yes? And there’s another village deeper in? And they all live in these sad little huts?” Esquibel stoops and peers in one, its occupants still and silent in the shadows.

“Esquibel. Stop.”

“Stop? Stop what?”

“You’re scaring them.”

“Scaring them?” Esquibel regards the villagers in their doorways and in the square. They all watch her with worry. “Hello. Bontiik. Didn’t I say the word properly? What is wrong with them?”

“You’re just too loud, too big…”

“Too dark?” Esquibel snaps off her glove and holds out her hand for Morska Vidra. He studies it but doesn’t touch it.

“Maybe. I don’t know if they’ve ever seen black skin.”

“Well, Morska Vidra and the Mayor have. Didn’t they tell the others about me? We don’t have time for this kind of culture shock. They need to understand that we’re here and we’re moving in. Or at least through. Where do you think we should set up camp?”

“Maybe they’ll tell us?” But the villagers are already withdrawing back into their houses, faces closed. The positive start is ruined.

“Why don’t I make everyone happy…” Esquibel decides, “and go find out myself. They obviously don’t want me here.” And with that she stalks across the village square and takes the wide path down toward the river.

“No!” Mandy calls out after her. “It’s not that! It’s just that you came in too fast and…” But Esquibel is gone. Mandy turns to the villagers and holds out the piece of unwrapped chocolate melting in her fingers. “Anyone, uh, want to try it?”

“Hello…?” Alonso’s rough voice comes from the cave entrance. He limps out, hair wild, clothes covered in mud. Gasping from the exertion of climbing the fallen tree up the tunnel shaft, he catches his breath. “Are we here? Did I make it? Eh, Morska Vidra. Good to see you again. Oh. Bontiik.” Alonso smiles at the old man as he chucks his chin, then laughs when the fox appears from within Morska Vidra’s robes and climbs on his shoulder to sniff at Alonso. “And this is the famous fox. Lisica. How are you, little friend?” Alonso extends a finger so the fox can smell it.

Evidently he smells fine. With a perfunctory sneeze, the fox makes a decision and sits, coiling its bushy tail around Morska Vidra’s neck. The old man returns the greeting to Alonso, gravely, and then evidently divining his suffering, suddenly steps beside him and supports Alonso’s weight with a strong arm.

The gesture is so unexpected Alonso laughs. It also feels good, to have someone help relieve the pain in his feet. “Gracias, muchas gracias, hermano.” Alonso has a thought that if they can’t grasp his English, he may be able to make his intent more clear in his native Spanish. But then it occurs to him they’ve heard a fair amount of English, and probably no Spanish. “Thank you, my brother. Thank you a million times.”

Morska Vidra leads Alonso to the doorway of the largest hut. The redwood bark planks covering it are black and green with age. It is an impressive structure, the only hut taller than Alonso. “Your house? Very nice. Thank you for all your kindness. Ah. Here?” Alonso grunts as he allows Morska Vidra to lower him onto a woven mat. The fox appears again, nickering in the old man’s ear. As if following its directives, Morska Vidra kneels at Alonso’s feet and pulls at his shoes, trying to take them off.

Alonso barks in pain, his hand reaching urgently for the feet he can’t reach. The sound freezes all activity in the village. Mandy finally rouses herself and hurries to Alonso’s side. “He wants your shoes off. Is that okay? Should we take them off?”

“Just gently. Gently…” Alonso pleads, leaning back, the sudden raw agony in his legs from getting yanked starting to lose its edge.

Mandy picks at the laces, pulling the right shoe wide open before slipping it off. She peels his wet sock off too. Together, she and Morska Vidra regard the swollen purple thing. It is painful merely to look at Alonso’s tortured foot. The toes bend wrong, dents run along the top. An angry red vein crosses his ankle.

The villagers gather to silently regard Alonso’s foot as Mandy gently removes his other shoe and sock. This foot is just as bad, purple as a grape. And his lower leg is scored with scars.

The villagers speak to each other, evidently trying to figure out how someone could sustain such injuries. Alonso watches them, his gaze baleful. “I hope, for your sake, that this kind of brutality is foreign to you. I hope, I pray, it shocks you.” Tears start in his eyes and he groans as Mandy puts a gentle hand on his left ankle.

The smallest of the two children Mandy met bursts into tears and turns to his mother, hiding in her arms.

The Mayor arrives and kneels, inspecting Alonso’s foot. She pokes it and he grunts. She tries to move his right heel and he barks again. Sitting back, she speaks a number of quiet commands.

Several of the young girls in the back of the crowd peel away to their own homes. They return with sheafs of herbs and black leaves and seeds in a pot.

“No no, that’s fine.” Alonso tries to wave the treatment away but he is no longer in charge of this situation. The Mayor pulls up his pant legs and inspects the scars she finds there.

She orders for the seeds to be ground into paste and for the black leaves to be separated, dripping, and placed on the mat beside him. A low hum of discourse surrounds Alonso, villagers discussing the treatment and holding forth on various points. Alonso looks around himself in wonder. He’s been in contact with primitive peoples before—a family of Mongolian nomads invited him into their yurt one night—but he’s never experienced anything like this before. The Lisican sing-song language surrounds him, each distinct voice and individual perspective made manifest. All of them are so unique, the middle-aged woman with the ear pierced with yellow bone, whose animated voice rises over all others. The nonbinary youth in a shawl who seems to dispute what she says with gentle deflections. The silly clown beside them, their hair a mat, who makes a quip that rhymes with the youth’s last words and everyone laughs. Why, it is just like any family anywhere. The crazy aunt, the know-it-all young man, the weird black sheep. And the children with their black and yellow curls, each as vocal as the others, pulling on each other’s arms and arguing in quiet and deferential tones. All do what they can not to interrupt the Mayor.

She taps Mandy’s shoulder and indicates she should get out of the way. Then the Mayor applies the brown paste to the skin of Alonso’s lower legs and feet. He feels very much like he is being spread with Nutella. It is not unpleasant and he finds he can exhale the breath he didn’t know he held. Then she carefully wraps his legs, first with the black leaves, then the green, keeping them snug with a brown cord. Finally she sits back.

“Thank you. Better already.” He can’t feel a thing but at least he isn’t suffering more damage. Alonso isn’t sure what he should do here. All he knows is he doesn’t want to move his legs at all. “Very good. Sitting is good.”

The Mayor gives him a more thorough inspection. She holds his hand and pokes at his belly, his chest, his throat. She has him open his mouth and she looks at his tongue.

“That bad, eh?” Alonso prompts the Mayor but her face remains a mask. “I know. Lose forty kilos and eat right. But don’t you dare mention my liver because I am not giving up my wine.”

Finally she kneels and puts one hand on his heart and one on his lower belly. The Mayor lowers her head and the crowd falls silent.

After a moment, Alonso feels his pulse beneath her hands. At the same instant, the fox yips and leaps from Morska Vidra’s shoulder, scampering into the nearby underbrush. Villagers exchange dark glances. Finally the Mayor sits back. She is drained.

“Ax̱dàataasdʼixʼdáakw,” she declares, and the villagers make dubious sounds, but they are unwilling to argue with her after her exertions. Now Morska Vidra and the others support the Mayor. They lift her to her feet and bring her across the square to her own house, where she is given her own measure of herbs and poultices.

“I am very sorry.” Alonso calls out his apology, watching them tend her. “I did not mean to introduce such…” and by this he means all the horrors of the modern world stitched up in his body. He leans back with a groan and confesses to the sky: “I despise spoiling innocence.”

Ξ

Triquet stages another pile of bags at the bottom of the tree trunk at the base of the tunnel shaft. Somehow they’ll eventually haul all that gear up to the top and out the cave mouth into the village. Just what the stone age Dzaadzitch villagers ever wanted, for sure.

Flavia and Maahjabeen drag muddy bins and boxes most of the way, with Triquet having to lift the containers up into a narrow passage for the last bit, requiring all their strength, again and again.

“Another.” Flavia deposits one more stack at the exchange. For a moment they both pause, breathing heavily in the cramped tunnel, staring at each other’s flushed faces.

“And this is why…” Triquet gasps, exercising their sore arm, “I reluctantly decided against manual labor as a career.”

“But think how strong you would be.” Flavia is beyond tired. Her words come out in a grunt.

“Isn’t there some Jack London quote about the value of a laborer being in his muscles? That’s his capital? But for the owners, their capital is money that increases over their lives while for the laborer their capital diminishes? Something like that? Of course, he put it better than that. Lord, that man could write.”

“I am not sure 19th century economic theory is applicable to us poor little independent contractors down here in this hole.”

“I mean, ultimately, this is a job and we’re wage slaves, I guess. I haven’t really thought about it that way but I did get a sizable honorarium. Didn’t you?”

“Yes. But this is the first day I feel like a coal miner.”

Triquet lifts their aching arms and lets them drop. “Well, all I know is that I started with less capital than most and now I’m all out. There’s been a run on this bank and all my savings are gone.”

“All I know is that I am hungry.” And with that, Flavia turns and trudges back the way she’d come, stepping aside for Maahjabeen, who drags a clutch of damp canvas sacks with one arm.

Triquet heaves Flavia’s goods up the tunnel to the base of the fallen tree. They return to find Maahjabeen depositing her sacks.

“Is there any chance…?” Maahjabeen ventures, “that we will not be able to transport all the items we selected for the move?”

“Chance? Honey, I’m about ready to crap out now. What’s in these? Anything necessary?”

“All our bedding.”

Triquet grabs the sacks. “Yeah. Necessary. Okay. But how about you go get Flavia and tell her we need a rest.”

“Sure. We will just find the tarps and come with you. I need to get out of the dark myself.” And Maahjabeen retreats down her tunnel one last time.

Triquet heaves the sacks up into the narrow passage. The bundled blankets and pillows and sleeping bags fill it completely and they have to push it through like a digestive blockage before the sacks spill out at the base of the shaft at the edge of the pile they’ve made.

Triquet squeezes past all the gear and grabs hold of the lowest branches of the fallen tree. They wrap the drawstrings of the canvas sacks around their wrist and haul them over their shoulder like a filthy misshapen Santa, then slowly scale the broken tree limbs like a ladder.

At the top their legs are shaking and their breath is coming in short gasps. They drag the sacks clear of the shaft and onto the broad floor of the cave mouth. Gray light greets them. Oh, joy. That means it’s still raining out there.

This is far enough. They can wait here until the others catch up. As long as they’re not working any more. Triquet stretches out on the gravel floor beside the muddy sacks, resting their head on one. Ah, bliss…

Moments later Katrina and Amy and Miriam arrive, arms laden, followed by Flavia and finally Maahjabeen, who carries nothing. Her face is a mask of pain, though, as she has needed her injured shoulder to haul herself up the makeshift ladder.

They all collapse with Triquet on the floor, their breaths and perspiration mingling, like they just won a rugby match—or more likely, from their dispirited depletion—badly lost.

“I’ve got the beds,” Triquet manages.

“I have tarps and tents,” Amy answers.

“All we need.” Triquet sits up. “Everything else can wait.”

Miriam hoists her containers. “I’ve got enough food for the night and the morning. And a couple liters of wine.”

“Yes, then we’re definitely all set.” Triquet pushes themself to their feet. “Now let’s see what kind of spot they’ve found for us.”

There is no one at the cave mouth to greet them. They emerge into the rain to find the village empty except for Alonso resting on a mat and the old woman with white hair leaning against her post. There is no sign of Mandy nor Esquibel.

“Yesiniy!” Katrina hurries to the old woman. “What is it? What’s wrong? Uh… šta nije u redu, bako?”

“Bako…?” The old woman peers up at Katrina with her red eyes. Then she accepts the designation, “Eh. Bako. Ua na o au dʼadalyoo ettu. Kam.”

“Ettu. Kam,” Katrina echoes, trying to commit these words to memory. She doesn’t have anything at hand to take notes. “Bako is Bosnian for grandma, yeh? I think that’s right.”

Miriam puts down her containers and hurries past the empty houses to her horizontal husband. “Alonso? What are you doing? Where is everyone?”

“I am resting. On the orders of multiple doctors. And they are all down by a creek, I understand, arguing over where we might have our camp. Esquibel is not… the calmest person right now.”

“Okay, Ames. I think we can chance it,” Miriam calls out. “Nearly empty here. It’s now or never.”

“Should I still wear the bag?” Amy’s muffled voice is anxious. “I’m gonna wear the bag. Just in case.” She slowly emerges from the cave, wearing her blue sleeping bag upside down to hide her head, with her feet sticking out of the opening, her entire body covered. Triquet leads her through the village to the far side.

Yesiniy doesn’t even look their way.

Quickly, Triquet brings Amy out of the village to the broad path heading down toward the river. “Okay. I think you’ve got to be safe here, Amy. We’re well out of the village and on more like neutral territory. At least I think it is.”

Amy pulls the bag off and looks around with worry, single strands of her black hair standing straight from the static charge. “Nobody here to yell at me? They’re all down at the river?”

“Yep. At least I hope so. And I hope we aren’t setting up camp by the loo. Too stinky. Come on, let’s go. Maybe they’ve reached an agreement.”

Katrina and Flavia join them as they walk down the path toward the broad meadow. There they find Esquibel in heated debate with the village elders. She stands, drenched by the latest deluge, at a corner of the meadow near the west treeline, as far upstream as the meadow allows. “Then, here. We will stay here. And that is final.”

“But they already said…” Mandy starts in an exasperated whine, but Esquibel immediately cuts her off.

“Yes. I heard. I heard that we cannot be here. Or there. Or there. Or there.” Esquibel points at locations across the meadow, where they have trampled the green grasses with their activity. “Or anywhere. So if we can’t be anywhere, then we will be where we want to be. And I want to be here.”

“Christ! What are you doing?” Katrina calls out, hurrying over to the congregated villagers as the rain eases and the winds pick up. “That isn’t any way to talk to the Lisicans! We’re their guests!”

“If we were their guests then they would accommodate us. But all I hear from them is ah-ah, which they have demonstrated quite clearly means no.”

“Yeh, that’s right. But did you ask them? Just ask them where we’re supposed to be?”

“What an idea? Why didn’t I think of that?” Esquibel’s temper is very short. “Oh, right. Because I don’t speak a single bloody word of their language. You think we didn’t try?”

“Here. Wait. Let me see. I might be able to stitch something together…” Katrina takes her backpack off. It holds a half dozen laptops. “Just one moment. Here. This one’s mine. And…” Flavia holds a folded tarp above her to keep the electronics dry as Katrina quickly navigates to her notes and starts scrolling through the pages of details she’s documented about the Lisican language. “Okay.” She turns to the Mayor standing beside Morska Vidra. “Uh, we need to… we are…” she encompasses her crew, “one sec here, just looking up versions of ‘to move’ and all I can find is this relational gobbledygook. Um… Oh, here we go. We duladaaw tlein. That’s ‘big move noisily,’ which is definitely us. Like all of us here need to duladaaw tlein.”

She has the attention of the villagers. “Join. Uh, join… No join. They don’t use the word ‘join?’ Uh, together. Together is vooch. Vooch, you and us. Dóode? Here? Or dóode? Where can we camp? Just for a couple weeks.”

She seems to be making headway. The villagers argue with each other, trying to solve Katrina’s problems. But the way they go about it is as mystifying as anything else. They consult the sky, they talk about the meadow, as if representing it at trial, possessively stroking the grasses. One woman appears to be listening to a tree. Finally, Morska Vidra places his fox on the ground and everyone watches it bound from one spot to another. Eventually, it goes into the trees on a slope near the spot Esquibel had just claimed.

The villagers move under the trees and inspect the spot. It is a wide open patch beneath pine trees, their fallen needles a brown carpet preventing much undergrowth. The slope is shallow here and the wind is tamed by the high canopy.

The fox bounds back onto Morska Vidra’s shoulder. By that, they all understand that the deal has been struck.

“I love it!” Triquet calls out. “Thank you so much. Promise we’ll take care of it. You guys are the best.”

Esquibel frowns at the spot. “Not defensible in the slightest.” But she realizes this is the best she can get. “Well. At least it is out of the weather. Why was that so hard to understand? That is why I wanted to be on this side of the meadow.”

“Take your win,” Mandy counsels her, clutching Esquibel by the elbow. “And say something nice.”

Esquibel gives the Mayor a glassy smile. “Something nice.”

Amy and Flavia advance, poking around at the base of a few trees to see where they might build their platforms. The Mayor watches the scene, evidently unmoved by Esquibel’s apology or the tantrum that came before.

“Lucky for you, they’re used to loudmouths and hotheads.” Mandy claps her hands. “Yay. We’re all friends again.”

Several of the villagers answer her claps with their own burst of applause. Mandy and Katrina clap back. This delights them. Soon nearly everyone in the camp is applauding each other, with the exception of Esquibel. She has no time for this nonsense. A clean room needs to be built, and this time it will need to be on one of the platforms. There isn’t an inch of level ground in this entire camp. And these villagers will probably wander everywhere. “And no one is wearing a mask!” she belatedly cries out. But nobody listens. They’re all intermingling now, clapping and chanting and repeating each other’s words and moves, laughing in each other’s faces and touching each other, all laughing, so carefree…

The scene finally overwhelms Esquibel with its charm. These villagers are so genuine when they laugh and copy and tease. Their eyes are so sharp. But they have a gentleness, a tenderness she hadn’t seen in the brief visits from the Mayor and Morska Vidra. These Lisicans are actual people filled with joy and curiosity and love, not just columns of figures on a Navy spreadsheet. And they are worth protecting. Silently, Esquibel adds them to her mission objectives and increases her defensible perimeter to include them and their village. She shouldn’t have gotten so frustrated with them. “I am sorry,” she tells the closest ones, who are laughing and playing with Mandy. “I should have been more patient but…”

Yet they are not listening. A young girl catches Esquibel by the hand and trills like a bird. Oh, Esquibel can do this one. It is a sound the Kikuyu make in their traditional songs. She trills right back and the girl screams with pleasure. Now they are all laughing, every single one.

“What is it? What did we miss?” Miriam leads Alonso into the new camp, his feet and calves still wrapped in black leaves and twine with his unlaced shoes over it all.

Triquet reaches out to them, buoyed by the villagers and their applause. “And here they are! Welcome to your new home, Doctor one and Doctor two. Your loan has been approved! Please sign the lease agreeement on the kitchen table and I’ll leave the keys on the mantle. It’s been a pleasure doing business with you.” Then Triquet claps. Everyone claps.

Alonso and Miriam clap and laugh with all the others in the rain.

Lisica Chapters

Thanks for joining us for the third volume of our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is image-7-29-24-at-9.28e280afam.jpg

Audio for this episode:

43 – I Miss Him So

Flavia sits alone in the warrant officer’s cabin on a single pillow, her laptop balanced on her crossed legs. Its pale blue light is the room’s only illumination. She is deep inside a logic chain, a basic structure from which she will create another Plexity module.

A knock on the closed door interrupts her work. “Pronto,” she calls out absently. Maybe she can persuade whoever it is to set up her machine down here in the sub and make her an espresso.

Alonso enters with Katrina. “There she is. Come. Let’s tell Flavia our good news.”

“You have good news? We can leave? It is safe?” Flavia’s head snaps up so quickly she’s afraid she strained something in her neck. She rubs it, then stretches. “What time is it?”

“No no.” Alonso tempers her expectations with his soothing tone. “Nothing so exciting. Well. Actually, I think you will find this more exciting. It is almost 8 am. The good news is that I am giving up.”

Flavia frowns. “To the… Russians?”

Alonso’s mouth hangs open. He is so deep in the implications of his decision that it takes a moment for the emotional shockwave to hit him. Giving up to the Russians. The images run through his flesh like ice and he waits for them to pass before continuing. “No. To you. I surrender.” And he puts his hand to his heart and bows, like an old patrician handing over his saber.

Flavia frowns. “What is this all about, you two?”

“Plexity,” Katrina answers. “This is Alonso like surrendering to your wisdom and expertise.”

But Flavia is too cynical for this. “What the hell are you on about now? And why do I feel like I am about to be blamed for it?”

Katrina and Alonso both laugh, leaning against the wall and doorframe. Their presence crowds the tiny room. And they don’t smell great, especially their ripe exhalations when they laugh.

“Yes, I suppose I deserve that. No. No blame. I set an impossible goal so I cannot blame you for not reaching it. I am surrendering to the idea that we will not be able to characterize the entire island on this first, initial trip. We must focus only on the lagoon.”

“Oh thank god.” Flavia kisses her own fingertips. “You were making me crazy.”

“I was making myself crazy. But now we have to think about what comes next: a streamlined Plexity with harder bounds, a few more loose ends. But it is what it is. And we must also figure out our conception for the new grant proposal that will come, yes? We need to frame the data in such a way that any board will have to say yes. So our new puzzle is how can we optimize our pitch with the findings we already have? That is what we need to do now. Start putting it all in a package. Now I am not saying that we need to have a polished presentation ready to go when they pick us up on the beach, but we would be fooling ourselves if they didn’t start interrogating us pretty much immediately. And we really need to put our best foot forward.”

“Oh.” Flavia nods, looking down at the columns of data that will become a flow chart. “Well, I don’t even know if we will need this at all, then. This is… a big waste of time.”

“Why? What is it?” Alonso wheels around and bends down, stiff-legged, to peer at Flavia’s laptop.

“Oh, well, an adaptive filter. Plexity is having trouble placing a spectrum of samples among the Cnidarians and Ctenophores. I did a bit of research with your offline Wikipedia and learned a bit. You see, years ago, they used to be grouped together but now—”

“Pretty sure the ‘C’ is silent, mate. Nidarians and Tenophores.”

“Really?” Flavia makes a note of it. “I have never said the words aloud, so… I mean, why even put the Cs in front if they will just be silent anyway? Okay. Today, they are separate phyla but—”

“Plexity does not use phyla.” Alonso frowns at the screen. “What are you up to this time, Flavia, and what will it break?”

She waves his accusation away. “Of course. We are classifying connections, not organisms, but it is the connections that Plexity is having trouble with. And in certain historical examples, it was those connections that kept them from being classified properly. I mean there is one group called Myxozoa. They used to be like jellyfish but then they evolved into parasites you can find on other creatures. Pradeep would love them. Some are only one cell big now. Simple, tiny creatures. Say you have a Cnidarian like an anemone and a Ctenophore comb jelly and they are both feeding on the same phytoplankton, which ends up exchanging a cloud of proteins and acids in the water, which they both take up. And they are both infested with Myxozoa. It is nearly impossible to describe using maths, but these kind of edge cases will now be…” She lifts her shoulders and makes a face. “Too bad.”

“Why, this is all very necessary, if we are staying by the lagoon, my dear. All these marine interactions are very sexy.” Alonso pats Flavia’s shoulder. “You know, perhaps it is in the interaction of the water and the land that we can make our best pitch. Por su puesto, of course it is. What do you think, Katrina? Maybe we put a special focus on the tide line, the creekside, the waterfall? It will make for nice images at least.” A brittle irritation inside Alonso threatens to break out. He smiles even more widely instead. This isn’t their fault. It isn’t anyone’s fault but his own, for dreaming too big.

But Flavia isn’t willing to let Alonso so easily off the hook. “So… wait. Now you are saying that you can make a reasonable version of Plexity with just this initial shoreline data? Because according to you that was impossible. That is what—”

“Yes, well, perhaps I didn’t understand exactly how closed off the interior of the island was until I came down here and looked into that long dark tunnel Pradeep and Jay took. It is really something, isn’t it? Just how disconnected the edge of the island is from the rest of it. A perfect hermetically-sealed biome for us to—”

“Oh, now it’s perfect. I’m not sure I like this side of you, Alonso.”

“What? Which side?”

“The hustler. I like the data scientist better.”

Alonso’s laugh is a short cynical bark. “Yes. Well. I do too. But it is time we start thinking of the outside world again, and in that world, I am absolutely a hustler. Katrina, take note. If you want to advance in academia or, well, anything really. It is all politics and marketing, yes?”

“Oh, for sure. That’s why I don’t go by my first name.”

“Your first name?” Alonso raises his eyebrows. “It isn’t Katrina?”

“Olga.”

Ξ

“Miriam, are you working?”

Miriam stares at her screen. She hasn’t written a word in perhaps fifteen minutes. Instead, she’s gone off on a mental tangent about her subject here, the stratigraphy of that immense shaft that Mandy burned clear. It’s a real shame that the walls are covered in soot. And Katrina won’t let them fly the drone in there. Maybe the rains are washing the faces clean. It would be such a perfect use of the drone as a remote sampling tool, especially for geology. Unlike the biologists, her samples don’t fight back. It would save her countless days of work. Wait. Somebody spoke to her. She blinks at the dim shadows of the bunkbed frames. “Aye?”

“Then I will not bother you.” Maahjabeen lowers herself stiffly on the cot that has been placed in one of the old frames. All their gear is piled precariously in corners but the beds are empty. The others have moved on, to different corners of the boat.

Miriam shakes her head clear. “Sorry, love. I meant, ‘Aye, what is it?’ not ‘Yes, I am working.’ So what is it? Are you okay?”

“I am just waking up with a very sore shoulder. It will not move. And it is making me very angry. Would you please get Mandy?”

But instead, Miriam levers herself to her feet and hurries to her, kneeling at Maahjabeen’s side. “This one?” And she clasps both sides of Maahjabeen’s shoulder in her hands, compressing them.

“Ah. Yes. It… Ah… Yes, that is what it needed.” Maahjabeen settles once more on her back, Miriam’s warm hands holding the angry ball joint in place. She does not move her hands, she only holds it intimately, like a mother embracing her child.

“And breathe.” Miriam smiles down at Maahjabeen, whose wrinkled brow still holds back a storm. “Breathe…” There was a time in the 90s when Miriam had almost given it all up after a visit to the Tibetan Plateau. She’d been a yoga fanatic just like everyone else in those days and she became fluent in its language of physical metaphors. Now she imagines her own breath releasing through the bottom of her feet into the earth and her chakras opening.

Tears leak from Maahjabeen’s dark eyes.

“Do you still want me to get Mandy?”

Maahjabeen shakes her head no. She takes a deep ragged breath and settles even more deeply into Miriam’s grasp, allowing herself to be held. But the jagged images from her restless sleep still haunt her. “I do not think I can do this any more. I need… I can’t be shut off from the ocean like this. Not now. Not will all these threats around. The open ocean is where I always escape the threats. But now I can’t. The ocean is where the greatest threat is coming from. And sure I can get to the sea cave from here, but I can’t fit my boat through the mud tunnel. And there’s no point being in the cave without a boat. From in there I can’t even see the sky…” Her sob shuts off any more words.

“Shh shh. There there.” Miriam just holds on, letting the fierce woman find her own way through it.

They stay like that for a long time. Up until they hear a noise from the chamber behind them. Footsteps.

Miriam turns, hoping it might be Mandy. Why, she could put her hands on Maahjabeen too and together they might make a difference. But it isn’t Mandy. It’s a bedraggled figure in a yellow rainsuit, covered in dirt and soaked to the skin, their fair face now deathly white. “Triquet!”

“They’re gone,” Triquet croaks. “You can come out now.”

Upon hearing this, Maahjabeen finally releases all her tension with a ragged sigh and sags against the cot.

Miriam withdraws her hands and claps them. Then she gets up and hurries to Triquet to care for them, suppressing a random flash of irritation at finding herself in such a maternal role today. “Here, dear one.” She picks at the zipper of their sodden yellow raincoat and pulls it open. The undergarments are all wet. “Oh, my days. You must be frozen.”

“Hug.” Triquet begins shivering uncontrollably, open to the air for the first time in ages. The stress of what they’ve endured now rattles through them.

But first, Miriam pulls the rest of Triquet’s layers off and scrubs their skin dry with a blanket, careful of the angry red welt on their upper arm. Then she wraps their hairless body in a sleeping bag. She zips it up around them and only then does she hold them in a deep clasp, breathing warmth into the crook of Triquet’s neck. Finally she leans back and makes a prim line with her mouth. “Now. Sit. Or lie down. I’ll go get everyone. You’re sure? It’s safe out there? There was… someone in camp and now they’re gone?”

Triquet nods, weary. “Good plan. Yes. Get everyone, so I can only tell this once.”

Miriam nods. “Of course, darling.” She presses a hand against Triquet’s cheek. “So very glad to have you back.” Then she ducks through the far hatch, deeper into the sub.

Only then does Triquet register Maahjabeen in her cot across the room. “Oh. Hi. How are you?”

“My shoulder hurts.”

“Oh. I’m sorry.”

“Otherwise I would get you a cup of tea.”

“Sounds lovely. You don’t have to. But where would I find such a thing?” Triquet considers crawling like a cocooned worm in the sleeping bag to anywhere hot water might be.

“I thought it was in that first room, where you just were. Did you see any stoves in there?”

“Ah. Right.” Triquet recalls that last moment again, that final excruciating moment of being alone, after they had finally cleared the bunker’s floor and opened the hatch and hurried down the narrow stairs they know so well, relishing the fact that they’d survived this latest ordeal. Triquet hadn’t even really looked at the contents of the first room. They’d only seen it was empty of people. Did they walk right past a pot of hot water?

Maahjabeen lifts her head. “Pradeep is not back yet. I am very worried. So the bad men are gone? We can go back upstairs and I can finally get back out on the water? Is that what you’re saying?”

“Uh, well, I don’t know about that. For one thing, it’s raining again. And, I mean, who knows how far they went. Men with guns, maybe right over the horizon?” The sleeping bag is finally starting to warm Triquet up. Their shivers subside. “I do not know how Milo does it, day in and day out.”

“Who’s Milo? One of the soldiers?”

“No. Good grief. I didn’t talk to any of them. Or who knows what they’d have done to me. No, Milo is one of the golden childs. Kept me alive last night. Ugh. That was definitely the worst night of sleep I’ve ever had at a Best Western. Zero stars. And the breakfast buffet was cold.”

“You were actually out there in the storm? All night?”

“Yeah. I just couldn’t bring myself to come back in, because then we’d never know what was happening out there. You know?”

Maahjabeen slowly nods, understanding the logic of it and profoundly impressed by the sacrifice Triquet has made. “You did that for us? What a good person you are. I do not know if I could have done the same.”

“There you are.” Alonso swings himself through the hatch with only a little groan, then hobbles his way over to Triquet. “Oh, dear one, we are so glad you are back. Pobrecito. You look like a kitten who got drowned in the rain.”

“I’ll get them some tea.” Amy pushes past Alonso to the stoves in the first room. But she comes back a moment later as the others pile in behind Alonso. Alarmed, Amy says, “Guys… The hatch is open. The first hatch. Leading up to the bunker.”

“Aye, that’s where Triquet came down from.” Miriam sits at the foot of Triquet’s cot and chafes their feet through the bag.

Amy frowns. “And you left it open? Is that… wise?”

Triquet shrugs. “They’re gone.”

“They? Who, they?” Alonso sits at the cot’s side and pulls the plastered hairs away from Triquet’s splotched face.

“Well, I never got a formal introduction. But… Miriam, could you find my phone? It was in my coat.”

“Doctor Daine? Can you reach it? It’s the yellow one right behind you.”

Esquibel lifts the coat and unzips a pocket. “Here is the phone.”

Triquet’s arms emerge from the sleeping bag and they tap at the screen to cue up a video. “Yeah. Just watch this.”

It is a close-up video of the beach, at the edge of the lagoon. Triquet’s blue boots can be seen at the bottom of the frame, the phone’s camera tilted down. Right at the narrow surfline, text has been scrawled in the dark sand. It is already being washed away by the lagoon’s gentle waves. But the words are not in English.

Alonso squints. “Is that Cyrillic? Katrina?”

Katrina grabs the phone and starts the video again. She reads the words aloud and translates them. “My znayem, ‘chto… We know that… We know that you are here… Uvidimsya snova… cherez dve nedeli… See you again in two weeks.”

“Oh my god, they really are gone and it really is over.” Alonso presses his hands together. “You are sure? No sign of them left?”

“All empty. Land and sea. Except for the golden childs. They came back out of hiding, right when the rain started up again.”

“Perfect. So they also think it’s clear. They should know. Well. Sounds like we can at least get back up in the bunker, yes?”

“That is all it says?” Esquibel frowns. “That is a threat, no? It is nothing but an explicit threat.”

“Or some kind of…” Miriam waves a hand, “…misdirection? Like they want us to think we’ve got the whole beach to ourselves for the next two weeks then they sneak up on us one night.”

“Who were they?” Esquibel asks Triquet. “Who did you see?”

“I heard a whistle and I realized that these like, kind of short fat silhouettes, I swear that’s all I was able to see, maybe soldiers I guess, gathered back on the beach. Maybe four? Maybe five? Then by the time I saw them next it was just a little gray boat on the far side of the breakers heading out to the open ocean.”

“Not back to a larger vessel?” If Esquibel could get Triquet to describe a blue water ship or craft, important clues might give her an idea of exactly which Russians she’s dealing with here.

“Not that I could see.”

“Maybe they are a sub crew. During my mission briefings there was never any mention made of possible new Russian interference. Not that it is impossible. Contact with the Soviets on this island had been documented since the 60s. Things got particularly bad in the 70s, with a number of murders and disappearances on both sides that remain classified, but the return of the Russian Navy is certainly a valuable intelligence data point.” Esquibel’s laugh is bitter. “Assuming we survive to communicate it.”

“But why is it in Russian?” Katrina frowns at the words in the video, watching the tide wash them away.

Esquibel shrugs. “It’s the only language their sailors knew.”

“Or they weren’t writing to us.” Katrina shrugs. “Maybe they think there’s some Russians here. I mean, how would they know we’d even understand it? Or maybe it’s some kind of crazy double-feint and they weren’t even Russians.”

“Now, wait. You were the one who said the golden man called them Russians, Katrina.” Esquibel can’t keep the accusation out of her voice, nor does she try very hard.

“He did. But maybe he was lying. Or maybe he doesn’t know the difference. It may be that they come back in two weeks and surprise us all. What do you think?”

“That is very unlikely. I think that if it is the Russians,” Esquibel frowns, “we cannot take any chances. All we know for certain is that a military squad was here and will be back in two weeks.”

“How did they know we’re here?” Mandy pinches her features together, the stress making her ill. “Are they just playing with us?”

“It’s a big ocean,” Maahjabeen says. “Maybe they needed some supplies. Fresh water. This will get them back to wherever they are based. Then they can recharge and come back again.”

“Well, not if they are any Navy I’ve served with.” Esquibel doesn’t like contradicting Maahjabeen but this is her field. “This isn’t like Magellan. This is the 21st century. They aren’t facing scurvy and spoiled water. At least they shouldn’t be.”

“And how did that golden man know,” Mandy asks, her voice rising, “that soldiers were coming? Have the Lisicans been spying on us? Do they have like a radio in those golden masks?”

“Or maybe,” Flavia says, “the Russians always come at this time of year. I think that is more likely, no?”

“Jay said Kula had a radio,” Katrina adds. “But he wasn’t sure if it worked.”

“Well.” Flavia stands. “I for one am looking forward to a shower in the waterfall. Anyone join me?”

“We can’t.”

A silent displeasure greets Esquibel’s words.

“No. Think about it. The soldiers can come back any moment. We now have proof, documented proof, that they were here. Good job, Triquet, capturing that message before it vanished.”

“Yes, but Doctor Daine…” Alonso needs to get back upstairs as much as anyone. “These bad guys, if they are bad guys, already know we are here. They could have come after us at any moment. But they didn’t.”

“Because maybe they couldn’t find us.”

“Then how did they know we’re here at all?” Mandy isn’t ready to hear all the reasons why they must still be under threat. She can’t handle any more. “I mean, we got to just, you know, trust the golden childs. If they’re out of hiding, then I’m out.”

“No…” Esquibel once again finds herself set against the entire rest of the crew. She raises her hands. “That is not how it works. Just because they were right about one thing does not mean they are right about everything. Katrina was just arguing that the golden childs can’t even tell the difference between us and the Russians. They are not the experts we need here.”

“So what are you saying?” Maahjabeen sits up, grimacing. “That we have to spend the next two bloody weeks in this—this coffin?”

“It is probably the most defensible structure we have left.”

Maahjabeen’s face drains of color. “I cannot. I am sorry. But you cannot expect me to—”

“What if we go further in?” Miriam catches up Maahjabeen’s hand, who snatches it away again.

“Further in? Like into the tunnels?” Maahjabeen can’t think of anything worse.

“No, please, Miriam,” Alonso shakes his head in displeasure. “Perhaps a geologist can spend two weeks underground, but…”

“I don’t mean the tunnels, Alonso. I mean the interior. Like a camp beside the Dzaadzitch village. It’s time. We’ve been on this bloody island for six weeks and we still haven’t gotten more than a few peeks at it.”

“No no no. Have you forgotten,” Flavia asks, “about the crazy shamans in there who are trying to take us as slaves?”

“Well, they already know exactly where we are, and the golden childs will just have to keep protecting us.”

“Yes.” Mandy likes this plan. She can set up weather stations wherever she wants, dependent upon no one. “Miriam’s right. We got stuck on the beach for too long. It was too comfortable.”

“Forgive me,” Maahjabeen scowls, “but I did not get ‘stuck’ on the beach and if you propose to take the oceanographer away from the ocean then I can’t even say what I am doing here any more.”

“Finding Pradeep.” Miriam says it quietly but it prompts bright tears in Maahjabeen’s eyes. “Just help us find him, love. Then all this madness will pass and the two of you can go back to romantic sunset paddles again, eh?”

Maahjabeen silently nods.

“No.” Flavia stands. “We just decided. We can’t leave the lagoon now. Plexity needs us to stay. Alonso realized… Tell them.”

But Alonso is spooked by this conversation. It feels as though the whole world is passing him by. “Yes, there are many problems with your plan, Miriam. I was about to… I mean, that is a different conversation, for sure. But for the sake of the science, yes, it would be best if we kept our focus for the time being on the beach. It is the only way to make use of Plexity in the short time we have left. And also, personally… I would just have to say that from the way you talk about these tunnels I am certain you would have to leave me behind. Which,” he holds up a hand to forestall their protests, “I understand. If that is what will keep my team safe, then that is what will happen. I am just not sure if that is what will happen.”

Esquibel stands. “It is, Doctor Alonso. It is what will happen. Doctor Truitt is right. We cannot stay down here. We have to move to the interior of Lisica. And we will find a way to get you through those tunnels. It will be possible, right?”

“Oh, right,” Triquet says. “Esquibel doesn’t know either. Both of you haven’t gone through, have you? Well, there’s a tight fit in one spot and a lot of climbing at the end. I mean, it isn’t easy. But you’ll be fine, Alonso.”

“Eh,” he pats his solid belly. “This fat man doesn’t like hearing anything about a tight fit.”

“Then this is what I shall do.” Maahjabeen sits up, ignoring the stiffness in her shoulder. “I will paddle my boats out of the lagoon and down the coast into the sea cave and leave them there. That is where you will find me. Then I will be able to join you when you need me through the tunnels. Yes?”

“I’ll paddle with you,” Amy volunteers. “Nobody should run that gauntlet alone. First break in the storm.”

“Fine.”

“But, Alonso…” Flavia turns to him, isolated now. “We can’t, right? We have to stay on the beach. We just decided.”

“It is not even a decision,” Alonso mutters, his insides queasy. “We are being forced by the demands of the project to remain on the beach. If Plexity will work at all we do need to focus our efforts there. But if it is the Russians…” He falls silent.

“Come on, Flavia,” Miriam tries. “Don’t make Alonso…”

“But it isn’t safe in the interior! I am telling you! I was the first one they attacked! And they aren’t done with us yet!”

“The problem, mate,” Katrina says, “is that nowhere is safe. It’s all danger. So we just got to pick our poisons.”

“Then I will stay in here. This will be my poison. I will stay in the sub with some crackers and energy bars and pee in a bottle!”

And nothing anyone says can change Flavia’s mind.

Ξ

“Come on, Jay. Quickly. This way.” Pradeep grabs Jay by the arm and hauls him through the brush. His only thought is that if he can get Jay back to the village before Wetchie-ghuy attacks again they might make it out.

“Fuck this…” Jay’s voice is muzzy, thick with concussion. Why’s he got to be in so much pain all the time? Now it’s his right ear, which stings so bad his eyes water. And the base of his skull where he like wrenched his neck.

“Oh god…” Pradeep pulls up short at a slick chute of gray rock pouring a tributary of water from the cliff on their right straight down into a cluster of dark broadleafs obscuring where it joins the wider creek. There is no clear way across it.

Over the hiss of the water and the drumming of the rain in the canopy above, a distant piercing giggle reaches them. It is manic and wild, a predator on the hunt careless if his prey hears him.

“That him?” Jay turns back and blinks at the steep slope and shadowed understory. “The fuck’s his deal, anyway?”

“He went crazy. He struck you.”

“He did? When?”

Pradeep has already told Jay this. Now he will need to tell him again. “When you got him high. And it made him… insane. Like a wild beast. What was in that joint you gave him?”

“Just some Sour Diesel, my dude. Why’d he hit me?”

“Gah. We need to get across here. Nowhere better. Come on, Jay. Do you think you can jump?”

“Sure…” Jay sways, the earth tilting under him like he’s at sea. “It’s just the landing part I’m not so sure about.”

“I’m afraid he really rang your bell. If we can just get across this part we might be able to put some distance between us. Here.”

Jay squares up at a cluster of gray boulders crowned with purple-dark lichen. “We should collect some of this for Plexity.”

“No, bhenchod! Not now! He is coming!” Pradeep pushes his mate up onto the rocks. “Jump across! I am right with you!”

Jay’s many years of experience with impaired movement serve him well here. He doesn’t struggle against the kaleidoscopic pain of the concussion. He rolls with it. It seems to have deadened a nerve circuit that runs all the way down his right side. So his arm and leg are just dead weight. He’ll have to somehow swing himself around that weight up over the gap. Just a couple meters…

Jay hurls himself through the air and lands heavily on the rocks on the far side, knocking his breath from his body and crunching his incision scar. The multipoint agony blanks his mind. He is nothing but pain.

Pradeep lands lightly beside him and pulls him to his feet. “Come on, Jay. We’ve got to keep running.”

“Running.” Merely moving is like stabbing himself with knives and this asshole wants him to start running? Pradeep grabs his wrist and pulls him ahead. “Wasn’t I just like… on acid?”

“Focus, Jay. I can’t do this alone.”

“But why aren’t we dead?” Jay stumbles down the sliding slope, his feet catching on roots and stalks. “He came at me so fast.”

“Somebody saved us.”

“Who?”

“I didn’t see. It all happened in a blur. A dark blur. And then you were just crumpled at my feet and they were gone.” Pradeep slows. “Oh, no…” There is an outcrop here blocking their way, a sheer cliff that thrusts outward from the ridge above to drop in a vertical line to the rushing water below. “Can’t traverse. No way. We got to go back up. Fuck. That’s like a hundred meters.”

But Jay isn’t listening to Pradeep. He’s watching Wetchie-ghuy coalesce out of the shadows above. The shaman is playing with them, just toying with their sorry asses. Whoever got in his way back on the flat land is gone now and he’s ready for the kill. The old man looks hardly capable of such agile speed. His barrel body and short legs are full of terrifying power, though. After he held out that joint, Jay never even saw him coming. “This is heinous.”

But Pradeep and Jay aren’t alone. “Stand back.” Rushing silently up beside them, Jidadaa puts herself in front. She holds a warding hand up to Wetchie-ghuy and speaks a forceful incantation of some kind. It makes him blanch and turn his head to the side, but it doesn’t dislodge him from his position blocking their way.

“Careful, Jidadaa!” Jay squawks as Wetchie-ghuy steps forward. But she pulls a cluster of twigs and feathers from the folds of her clothing and waves it at the shaman, calling out in a mocking voice, “Tu dah-ne, at udéine!”

The shaman pulls up short, his hand going to his belt, his actions indicating that she stole whatever that is from him and he’s just finding out now. He snarls, her name coming out as a curse, and leaps at her.

But she has already slipped away from him back in the shadows, retreating deeper into the ferns behind. Jidadaa leads him away.

“Now! We have to climb!” Pradeep churns at the loose soil that spills down beneath his soles to the creek far below. “She gave us a chance!” And he pushes Jay, who is still caught in a moment of stark terror.

“Careful, Jidadaa!” Jay repeats, the only thing he can think to say or do for her. Then he starts to climb.

It is a motherfucker of an ascent. His legs are already dead and this is like scaling a wall of loose soil and thorns. And he has no adrenaline left. It’s all just tremors and gasping now, chased by the fear of an iron grip on a trailing ankle or a hand clamping his shoulder. But nothing like that happens. They both win free and swing up onto the rocky mount of the outcrop to catch their breaths before they continue their way down the canyon.

From up here they can see over the treetops of the canyon floor. It is a dense winding carpet of redwood for another five hundred meters or so, then they can barely see the beginning of a more open valley ahead. “That’s it, Prad. That’s the spot. Gotta be. Where I first saw golden childs. First time ever. Where I crossed the river. Super close now. We got this. Come on, brother.”

Ξ

“So many things…” Amy gasps, working hard, “…we can’t bring to the… the interior…”

“Alonso’s cask of wine.” Miriam stands straight, cheeks pink with exertion, pulling a stray curl from her face. “Maahjabeen’s boats. What else?” They work in the control room, Miriam stacking bags and containers, Amy’s head poking above the gap in the floor. She hauls another heavy load down to the lower level of the sub.

Esquibel hears them as she enters. “Bins. All our food. Medicine. I’ve been re-packaging what I can but we don’t have enough small containers to protect everything that needs to be protected.”

“All my lovely stacks,” Triquet sighs, entering with an armful of papers. They set it carefully down and wipe the perspiration from their brow. “Back to their original places belowdecks.”

“That is a big load. How is your arm doing?” Esquibel grabs it and pulls Triquet’s sleeve up without asking.

“Oh, frankly, I haven’t thought about it in…” Triquet falls silent and Esquibel goes still. The hardened resin that had covered the wound for the last few days is gone now. All that remains is a long red patch of irritated skin. There is no sign of the eagle bite. The incision has vanished as if it never was.

“Impossible.” Esquibel rolls Triquet’s arm back and forth. “We worked on this wound site for—for… It was so long! You had a deep cut in the flesh of your arm!”

“Yeah. I did.” Triquet is filled with disquiet. With a convulsive impulse, they drop to the deck and pull their sock and shoe from their left foot. “Oh, god… Look!” They hold out their foot, so all can see the dark dots of tattoo between each knuckle. “That’s like assault, isn’t it? Tattooing someone against their will?”

“How did your arm heal so quickly?” Esquibel is astounded. She knows of nothing that can heal like that. It must be the sap, that burning sap… Somehow it heals and doesn’t even leave behind scar tissue. Why, every surgery incision, every bullet wound, every dog bite… This is how researchers and doctors become rich. If she can find what bioactive compound that shaman used and patent it before anyone else even knows about it, she’ll become the richest woman in the world. No. This is too wild. Her eyes narrow and she takes a step back. Life is never so easy. There must be some cost. Those tattoos? What are they doing to Triquet? “Why did you check your foot? Could you feel the tattoo?”

“No!” Triquet is near tears. “That’s the problem! I can’t feel anything wrong at all! My arm! My foot! Whatever Sherman did, it’s all inside me now. Ugghh. Doctor Daine, you’ve got to get it out of me. Now.”

“I would very much like to.” Esquibel is torn. Did she preserve any of that resin? After all the packing and moving she can’t recall. She wants to inspect Triquet more closely but she knows this isn’t the place. What is that sap? The implications of its use whirl through her head, making her dizzy.

“Come on, Triquet.” Miriam kneels beside them, helping to put the sock and shoe back on. “We need to find new laces for your shoe. I’m surprised it isn’t falling off. That’s it, darling. All will be well. We’ll just get it all moved first and then we’ll take care of you. Just a few more hours of the drudgery.”

Her calm words help, if only a little. “Yes, Miriam.” Triquet is miserable. Claimed. Experimented upon. This is the nightmare they had always managed to avoid.

“Come on, everyone!” Mandy’s voice, too bright, breaks the mood. She enters carrying a stack of bins, happy about this plan and eager to put it into action. “Got to keep moving! Time to go inland!”

“That’s it. Just a few more paces and you’re there.” Katrina leads Alonso through the passage opening into the sea cave.

He stops, wiping the mud from his hands, taking in the luminous water and walls shimmering with refracted daylight. He shakes his head in wonder. “I am an idiot.”

“What? No.” Katrina’s laugh echoes in the cavern. “Why do you say that?”

“That waterfall…” Alonso traces its route upward. “That is our creek, no? This is where it drops into. Miriam was right.”

Katrina waits patiently for Alonso to take it all in.

“I thought…” Alonso lifts his hands and lets them drop. “I saw the map that Colonel Baitgie shared and… it was like a cartoon. Just a little drawing. And I thought the island was the perfect size. I actually worried that it might be too small and wouldn’t hold our attention for eight whole weeks. But of course that simple map didn’t show all the cliffs or canyons or the tunnels or the villages or the caves. What a fool I am, Katrina. An arrogant fool.”

“Nah, mate. There was no way to tell until we got here. In order to measure something you got to interact with it.”

“Well, like my dear friend Arthur Limas the quantum physics professor is fond of saying, measuring something changes it. Always. So not only did we blunder into this place with little to no idea of what we are doing, we stained everything we touched with our own essence. I thought we would study Lisica as objective and empirical scientists, but instead we are ruining it.”

The guilt is unbearable. Alonso shuffles to the water’s edge, where the rusted remains of the pier rock in the waves. He grabs one of the remaining pylons, cold and unforgiving in his grip. Iron. This is how he has to be. If he is going to survive he needs to be iron. No, not only survive… If he is going to lead.

It had been an appalling amount of pain and effort to get him to this point. He had barely pushed his way through the mud tunnel and now he is filthy. But his ordeal is not over. There is more crawling and climbing ahead and his feet and legs are already burning. “Do any of your party drugs do anything for pain?” He sits at the edge of the rock shelf and pulls his shoes and socks off. With a sigh he drops his feet into the water.

“That’d be something, wouldn’t it? An anaesthetic party drug. Well. I guess that’s what ketamine is but I didn’t bring any of it. Or like any of the opiates. That shit’s nasty. Ruins your life. But yeh. I think about designing my own drugs all the time and I could never think of an effect better than sex with gods, but that’s just cause I’m young and carefree, innit? I can see that now. After a little more life lived there’s nothing better than pain relief and a clear mind. Maybe that’s what I should spend my time on.”

Alonso hardly hears Katrina’s chatter. As the pain subsides he begins to gain another sensation, one that surprises him. It is pride. He did it. He overcame his broken body and made it down through the sub and past the worst of their obstacles. He really didn’t think he’d be able to squeeze through but Katrina had been right, he had lost more weight than he knew. And there was more strength in his arms and back than he remembered. It had been ages since he’d tried to do anything with his muscles. He’d thought he’d be as weak as a baby, but accumulating mass appears to be what middle age is all about. He is still strong.

“Eh! See?” Maahjabeen enters the sea cave. She is wincing and working on her shoulder, but her face is relieved. “Isn’t it so nice in here? Better than being inland and away from the water. I do not trust the native people, either.”

“Yes, it is very nice.” Alonso gasps as a splash runs further up his leg than he wanted. “A bit cold, but a nice spot out of the rain.”

“You got to give the islanders a chance,” Katrina says. “Most of them are totally fine. It’s like anywhere else. There’s always a couple assholes ruining things for everyone.”

“As a matter of fact,” Maahjabeen declares, “I don’t have to give them a chance. Not if I am living in here. And it is probably a good idea for us to have at least one or two of us out of their clutches.”

“Two. Yes.” Alonso turns, worried at the misanthropic edge in Maahjabeen’s voice. He would rather appeal to her humanity. “You and Pradeep. Together again.”

A brief sob escapes before Maahjabeen can suppress it. “Yes. My Mahbub. I miss him so.”

Lisica Chapters

Thanks for joining us for the third volume of our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is image-7-29-24-at-9.28e280afam.jpg

Audio for this episode:

42 – A Basketball Game

“Jay. Jay, stop…” Pradeep has been repeating the words for a long time now but this time they work. Jay stumbles to a halt in front of him, seeing it too. Silver light shines indirectly into their tunnel. “We did it. We got out.”

Jay’s breathing is ragged. Holy hell. He took one look at those demon eyes and got the F out of there. Who knows how long he’s been charging forward, dragging Pradeep behind him? But now he can smell the plants and the soil and the fresh air leaking in from ahead. “Jeee-zus, this acid is sooo strong. It’s been like a seventeen hour trip so far. Thanks a fucking bunch, Katrina.”

“Let us stop, please.” Pradeep removes his hand from Jay’s belt, where he held on for dear life. The webbing has cut into his palm and it is a burning pain that keeps him from otherwise thinking clearly. “Why are you so crazed? What did you see, anyway?”

Jay turns back to regard the darkness. Yep, the demons are still lurking back there, staring malevolently at the two escapees. The tunnel’s darkness encompasses one of their infernal hells, with tiers upon tiers of crypts in the pit’s walls, countless fiends staring out. How did he and Pradeep ever survive that? “Uh, there’s, uh, something down here. But we got away. Lots of somethings.”

“What, like… badgers?”

The question is so random and ludicrous Jay can’t help but wheeze with laughter. Oh, yeah. He feels that in his ribs. “The fuck? Badgers? There’s no badgers on this island. Dude. Don’t be dense. We’d have seen sign or spoor by now. No. Demons. Now come on. Maybe there’s some water out here.”

Jay continues forward. Pradeep stands there, dumbstruck, feeling a fool for running around all night fleeing Jay’s acid trip. Damn. Well at least he didn’t lose the bloody moron. And they did finally find a way out. But where are they?

They emerge from a natural crevice on a nearly vertical slope, the opening almost completely obscured by fern fronds. Nearby redwoods are gigantic black columns against an empty sky. Framed between two of the largest is a nearly full moon. Its harsh light bathes this narrow canyon in monochrome light and shadow.

Jay blinks. He’s been underground so long his eyes are super sensitive. This moonlight is like full daylight to him. “I can’t even remember… the last time I saw the moon.” The cloud cover of Lisica hadn’t been getting to him. He hadn’t thought it had, at least. But seeing the full clear night sky again, with the vaulting Milky Way and planets shining in all their brilliant hues… It rocks him. He stumbles from the crevice, wisps of black demon smoke dispersing in the crystal air around his head like bats winging away from their cave. Free. He groans aloud and raises his hands to the shimmering sky. “Free!”

Pradeep claps his hands over his mouth. The shining face of the moon is a profound sight, so bright he can’t look directly at it. The ground falls away before him, purple and black, with dazzling patches of silver that catch the light. He can’t navigate through that. Finding a solid foothold and handhold where he stands, he carefully leans out and looks upslope. No, that is even worse, a massive stone overhang disappearing out of sight above. He’s a climber but he isn’t a reckless fool. That would be like five dynos in a row just to get up what he can see, and his arms are already blown from wrestling all night with Jay. “So… down?”

“Down?” Jay shakes his head and frowns at the sudden motion. His thoughts are clear again but a massive headache is starting up. Oh, fuck. Not now. Not here. Owww! He’s gonna kill Katrina when he sees her again. Absently, his fingers find a fresh joint and his lighter. Soon he is sparking up.

Pradeep exclaims at the sudden flare of light then hisses in disapproval. “Put that away. No idea who might see us here.”

“Good point.” Jay takes a huge hit and rubs the space between his brows with a knuckle. Now he needs water more than ever. His throat is like made of sand and the hot smoke goes down like fire. “Well, water is always down.” And with no more consideration, he drops onto a shelf he can barely see about three meters below.

Pradeep mutters anxiously, his legs trembling. Then he grits his teeth and follows with a halfhearted crouching leap.

Now the weed finally does its job and Jay’s poor brain unlocks. He is able to escape his mind for the first time in ages and reside in his body. Drop. Scramble. Swing. This is real exercise again, the good kind. Not that claustrophobic hell with Pradeep. This is bouldering by moonlight, yo. Not the first time he’s done such a thing. Come on, demons. See if you can catch me now. He patrols the edge of the shelf, then finds a bit of a route on a more shallow slope to his left. Down he goes, his shoes filling with sandy soil.

The ferns are thick. They give way to rhododendron. This is a wet canyon. Jay can tell just by the plant life. More redwoods tower above, stabilizing the cliff walls with their immense roots. They are so slippery, though, and Jay falls from one network into the duff below, sliding into a blackberry bush, where he’s pierced by a hundred thorns. “Oww. Watch that, Prad. It… Fuck! Ow!”

Pradeep perches on the redwood roots above, listening to Jay crash and bellow in the underbrush, all attempts at stealth forgotten. The last thing he wants is to continue this descent. “Shouldn’t there be a traverse across somewhere? Are you sure we want to get to the bottom?”

“Ah. Ahh…” Jay groans as a dozen thorns or more break off in his skin. But he’s still got to push through. He’s past the thick of it now. Just a few more sliding steps, with a few more thorns in his calf, then he’s free. He calls back up to Pradeep. “Yeah, dude. The bottom’s where the water is. Wouldn’t even be a canyon here without water. ” He tilts his gaze back down into the darkness below, the trees obscuring the way down from the moon, and mutters to himself, “And I need a drink bad.”

“But then how will we ever get back up?”

Pradeep’s voice is distant. Jay stops and struggles to find his patience. Can’t lose his buddy now. “No getting back up, homie. Down and out. We’ll have to find another way back.”

“Ugh. I do not like that answer.”

“Come on, Prad. Swing yourself over this way. You can avoid the blackberries if you drop over here. Just watch out for rocks.”

Jay takes another drag on his joint. Even though it majorly tears up his throat it sure does good things to his mental state. He’s back in business now. And if he strains to listen he can hear the gurgle of a creek. “Fuck yeah, there’s a creek. This is a deep canyon and that was a big storm.” Jay drops onto a boulder and hurries down a broadening slope into a dark grove. Finally. The redwoods hold the soil here on a forest floor that is flattening out. Mossy banks and ferns are barely visible in the tiny bit of light that penetrates.

Jay worms his way forward, using the toes of one foot to sense his path forward. There is no path, just a jumble of fallen logs covered with moss and clumps of ferns. But the water is closer now, a full liquid gargle that promises an end of thirst. It urges him forward until he is at its side hanging over the wide creek, the dangling roots of the redwoods an impassable barrier above the rushing water. He needs to find a sandbar or something. Unless he fully throws himself in the creek he can’t reach it from here. And he isn’t willing to do that yet. He just got his phone back, for fuck’s sake.

But he’s so thirsty.

Jay pulls back and picks his way further downstream, the thorns in the heels of his hand and the skin of his calf stabbing him with every move. But finally he finds a spot where the dirt slopes steeply to the water. By holding onto a root and lowering himself headfirst he’s able to dip his chin into the frigid stream and gulp down some of the best water he’s ever tasted. Drenching his front, the cold sobers him further. Finally he has to pull away, even though he feels like he could drink forever.

When Jay regains his balance he finds Pradeep above, navigating down to him with his phone light. “Water,” Jay calls out, perhaps unnecessarily. But it is the only thing that matters.

Pradeep pauses, his head whirling. This precipitous slope is nearly as bad as being in the tunnels. At least in there he had no chance of pitching himself forward and drowning in a rain-swollen creek. “Where are we?” he demands. “Which way should we go?”

“You think I know?” Jay’s answer is querulous, followed by a sharp laugh that verges on hysterics. “Feels like I’ve spent half my waking moments on this fucking island lost in the dark.”

“Yes. Well. We need to make a choice, and I am not going to drop down any further to you until…”

“You ain’t thirsty? Damn. Well, it’s a simple call. Downstream. Duh. That’s where we’ll eventually like get back to where we once belonged.”

“Okay. Which way is that?”

“To the right.”

“And what is upstream?”

“Well, come on, don’t stop using your brain here. That must be the high country, right? The ridgeline that collected all this water.”

“No… I am asking… Wasn’t it on a hill top that Triquet escaped from? And Flavia? The shamans are above somewhere.”

“All the more reason to go down. Oh, fuck. I soaked the last of my joint. Goddamnit. Now I’m gonna have to roll a new one. Shine your light—”

“No! I will not!” In response, Pradeep turns off his light. “There is only two percent battery left. I was just getting very angry about how you made me use more to come down here. We can’t use the last on your drug habit. It’s the drugs that got us into this mess!”

“Fine. I’ll just suffer in silence then. At least until we find a patch of moonlight. Come on.”

They follow the course of the creek as well as they can from the slope above, about ten meters up. But the canyon walls are cut by endless rills and streams of side canyons that bring water down to add to the larger creek. It is in the second of these that Pradeep finds a spot where he can drink. And Jay is right. It is amazingly restorative. Now the prospect of hiking the entire rest of the night doesn’t seem quite so daunting. And the moonlight certainly helps.

Jay certainly thinks so. He’s crouched down and balanced his kit on his knee. After carefully rolling a pair of joints, one for energy and one for relaxation, he slides them into a dry pocket. Then with the last of the dust he makes a little binger that he smokes to ash. “We might want to find a spot to hole up for the rest of the night.”

Pradeep shrugs. “Let us walk while we can.”

The canyon eventually opens onto a wider valley. The trees do not cover the entire forest floor, leaving wide patches of silver light they pick their way through. The creek has flooded here, filling the flat ground with pools and puddles, making progress difficult. Eventually they have to give up trying to keep their shoes and pants dry, and start wading along its verge in the icy water.

Finally, a solid rise clears the floodwaters ahead like an island, featuring a pair of giant bay trees and little more. Pradeep throws himself down onto its dry banks, panting from the exertion and the anxiety, needing a break from banging his shins against submerged logs and squinting into the dark. Now he’s got a headache too.

Jay’s is also getting worse. He worries about the return of his headaches. This would be the worst place for them, by far. “At least it’s dark,” he grunts, kneading the back of his neck.

“What is wrong?”

“Migraines are worse in bright light. So at least I got that going for me, which is nice.”

“You have a migraine? Shit. I didn’t know you got migraines.” Pradeep makes a worried face. His mother has this curse. He learned early on what to do for her. “Here. Turn a bit. Now breathe.” Pradeep buries his knuckles in the straps of muscle connecting Jay’s back and neck. He certainly has a lot more mass than Pradeep’s mom but hopefully the principle is the same. “Why didn’t you tell me?”

Pradeep’s strong fingers are like fangs piercing his flesh. But Jay knows to keep still and relaxed if it’s going to be helpful. He’s just got to breathe through the added pain. “Yeah,” he grunts. “Got them pretty much under control. Except I guess when I wrestle with demons on acid.”

“Underground. In the cold and dark.”

“With no food or water.”

“It does make sense. Jay, I’m worried.”

“Not now, chief. Trying to clear my mind of worry.”

“Yes, well…” Pradeep has no such avenue for himself. “My mind is primarily composed of worry, perhaps 98% by weight. I’m only thinking about this creek. If we are on the right bank, and it is eventually the same river that divides the two warring villages, then which bank do we want to be on?”

“Oh, man, are you trying to break my brain?” But Jay knows this is a valid concern. There’s no point in fighting their way through hours of forest only to throw themselves on the spearpoints of the Katóok tribe, after Jay had sworn to never return to their territory. “Yeah, let’s see. Downstream is like this… We stay on this side. Yeah, we’re on the correct bank. The good side, the west side where they won’t kill us. Pretty sure.”

“Good. Because I don’t think we can cross that creek anyway.”

“Yeah, that’s like the whole idea about it, for sure. No crossing allowed. And I guess that holds true all the way up to the top of the island. Fucking weirdos.”

“So hungry.” Pradeep finds a fallen log that would make a good chair. He sits and takes off his shoes, clearing them of all the debris.

“For sure. You think I can get a pizza delivered?” Jay decides if he can’t eat he’ll smoke more weed. Sativa it is. Bolster his energy.

“Oh. No.” Pradeep’s words are so harrowed that they interrupt Jay, mid-inhalation. “It’s him.”

“Him? Who him?” Then Jay’s eyes adjust from the flare of the lighter to spy the dim hulking figure here on this rise with them, just a few paces away. “Oh, is it that Wetchie-ghuy fucker? What up, dude? You sure been causing us a metric fuck-ton of trouble.” With force, Jay blows the remainder of his smoke at the distant figure, who remains still, watching them.

Pradeep groans. “I don’t understand. I don’t understand… How could I know what he looked like in my mind if I’d never seen him in real life? And now when I see him, he looks the same? How did he get inside my mind?”

“Don’t let him fool you, Prad. This dude’s got tricks.”

“No. It is no trick. A bargain has been made. Somehow. He knows it as well as I. And now he is coming to collect.”

“The fuck he is. Sit down, Prad. Dude doesn’t get to just roll up and claim people. It doesn’t work like that. The only reason you needed any help in the first place is because his buddy tried to kill you with poison. Fuck both of them. You owe him nothing.”

Now Wetchie-ghuy holds out a loop of braided leather. They both know what that is for. Pradeep’s shoulders slump, accepting his fate. He knew Maahjabeen and his exciting new career were too good to be true. He just knew it, deep inside. And there is a gleam in that old man’s eye, a curious little opening into a larger truth. This is the siren song Pradeep heard in the darkness last night that originally made him leave the sub. It is here, in this shaman’s knowledge, the universal truths Pradeep has always sought. See? This transaction has further benefits for him. He will only sit at his new master’s feet and take in whatever crumbs and morsels Wetchie-ghuy cares to share. It will be worth it…

“Prad! I said sit the fuck back down.” Jay pulls on Pradeep, who has risen again to go to the awful old man. But Jay has another idea. “No. Wait. Let’s make a deal, Wetchie-ghuy. You want my boy but you can’t have him. You can’t have either of us. But I got something even better. Bigger juju, dude. Look.” And Jay gets between the shaman and the man he has claimed, blowing another billow of smoke at Wetchie-ghuy.

The shaman coughs, waving his hand in front of his face, then he mutters something in reaction and cocks his head.

“Yeah, smells good, don’t it? Here’s the deal. You can have the joint. But I get to keep Pradeep. Right? Fair and final, yeah?”

Wetchie-ghuy lifts a gnarled hand. Jay puts the joint in it. “That’s it. Smoke up, bro. Like you saw me do. Then we’re square.”

Wetchie-ghuy inhales, the end of the joint crackling cherry red. He does not exhale.

Ξ

Katrina is in a febrile dream. She is so thirsty. There’s a park of red sandstone near her house she’s been going to as a child but now it’s drought season and all its pools are dusty dry, like the inside of her poor wretched mouth.

Someone wakes her. She gratefully pulls herself out of the vision. It was absolutely no fun, filled with loops of thought she’s been around and around so many times they’ve worn grooves in her brain. And now she’s awake, the curving shadows of the sub’s hull over her head, waking in the Captain’s bed with Alonso sitting at her side. He looks at her with paternal care, holding water.

“Here.”

He feeds it to her like a bottle to a baby. She slurps greedily, a rivulet running down her chin and pooling in the hollow of her neck. Finally she breaks away. “Thanks, mate. Glorious.”

“You were muttering for water and I couldn’t sleep.”

“Yeh. Brilliant. What time is it?”

“It is near morning. And we are still alive. So.” He pats her head and gives her a pitying smile. “How is the come down? Bad?”

“The worst. Usually I have a lot more control of how my trips end. Lots of hot water and vitamins and meditation. Not… Well. Whatever the fuck that was.”

Alonso’s response is a full belly laugh. He smooths the fine strands of blonde hair away from her forehead. “Yes. The bugout. The big bugout of May Second. It will go down in history.”

“And somehow you’re in a good mood about it?” Katrina sits up, somewhat resentful of Alonso’s tone. Then she remembers how irritable she will be today and remembers to keep it to herself.

“Yes, well… I have always, during crisis, you know, at least before the last crisis, the big one, the long one, the five years…” He shrugs, re-setting himself. “I was always at my best in a crisis. I can put my feelings away and take care of all the problems and needs of others. So. My colleague asks for water, I get water. My Doctor tells me to hide in a sub, I hide in a sub. And I take care of people. It is one of the things I do best. You wouldn’t know it from meeting me now, but I assure you it is true. Is there anything else I can get you?”

Katrina shakes her head no. “Any sign of… you know, anyone? Jay and Pradeep? The golden man? Russian Marines?”

“No one. Maahjabeen and Flavia convinced Esquibel to move her barrier further up the tunnel so they could visit the sea cave. So they were gone for like an hour. But they’re back now. Everyone else is still asleep.”

“He was real, you know. It wasn’t the drugs. We really did see the golden man and he really did tell us the Russians were coming. I mean, Pradeep and Jay didn’t just vanish for fun.”

“We know. And we know which way our two wayward sons went. But nobody is allowed to follow them. It’s a new tunnel.”

“New tunnel. Fucking fantastic.” Katrina groans and falls back against the wall, bumping her head. “Yeh. Coming back online now. Ah, sobriety. You were not missed. Any coffee anywhere?”

“Not yet. But I can start a pot. Just not in here. The ventilation is not so good.”

“So like no boots tramping around above? No gunfire or…?”

Alonso shrugs. “The bunker’s concrete floor is too solid.”

Katrina looks more closely at his silhouette. “Are you sure I was just out for a few hours? Not like… days?”

“You’d like that, wouldn’t you? Just skip this whole unpleasant episode and wake up when it’s safe again. Why? What is it?”

“You’re… I mean, maybe I wasn’t paying attention, but you look really good, Doctor Alonso. I think you’ve lost some weight.”

“This is quite the time to turn into a flatterer.” Alonso stands straighter, sucking in his belly. “Well, a man can only drink so much wine. Really? You think so?”

“I really do.” The transformation is fairly striking. His hair is growing out as well, a leonine mane of silver and black sweeping back from his forehead. And his jawline has returned.

“You are so sweet. Let me just get the water going and I will be right back for more compliments.” With a soft chuckle he turns and vanishes, leaving Katrina alone with her chaotic thoughts.

He returns a moment later, bearing a bag of dried fruit and a handful of supplements. “Here. Electrolytes for what you lost. And more water. Your coffee is coming.” He makes sure she swallows the pills and drinks more water and eats a handful of fruit. “Now. Tell me more nice things about how I look.”

Katrina laughs for his sake, her insides made of sand. She doesn’t think she can sleep any more but she also can’t offer much more in the way of social niceties. “You do look fab. I love your hair.”

Alonso passes a self-conscious hand over his curls. “You are such a doll. You have no idea how vain I am.”

Katrina pauses, mid-sip. She lowers the water bottle and looks at him. “Now I’m remembering my last great insight from last night. And it’s a real doozy. Are you ready?”

Alonso isn’t sure he likes the strange look in Katrina’s eyes. “Yes, I suppose, if it has merit.”

“Well, not much, but it’s still interesting regardless. So… I guess in the back of my mind I was chewing on our data collection issues and how the clock is really ticking down and we’re no closer to getting what we need for Plexity.”

Alonso leans back. “Yes, I have been thinking very much about the same thing. And my solutions so far are not very good. Mostly about hiding here when they come to pick us up so I have enough time to finish my initial assay of the island. What is your solution?”

“Well, it’s really just kind of a philosophical word game my brain was playing while tripping. Semantics. But, I mean, remember how the basis of Plexity is the interconnectedness of all life?”

“Certainly.”

“And how we’ve been working our asses off trying to get as many samples of life and examples of that interconnection as we can? Well, what I started thinking… Right! It started as a way to extend the deadline, like what you’re saying. And in my cracked-out state I was tripping on the possibility of a terrarium, you know those glass bowls with all the plants and a bit of sand and water and—?”

“Yes, I know what a terrarium is.”

“So on acid, you can get really obsessive. And I was imagining stuffing my own terrarium with all the samples we couldn’t get to on Lisica, so that when we left we’d still have a tiny little replica of the island we could work on. You know? Not that it would be representative or accurate or…”

“Well, yes, that is the thing, isn’t it? You have forty species in your little glass globe and that can’t replicate the richness—or, rather, by the choice of which species we bring we could absolutely misrepresent the baseline activity for everything in the bowl and also misrepresent the profile for life on the island.”

“Yes. Of course. That’s why I said it has little worth… Anyway. It’s really nothing more than a thought experiment but what if we lean a little bit more into that interconnectedness concept?”

“What do you mean? How?”

“Well, like,” Katrina grabs Alonso’s hand and interlaces her fingers with his. “Think about, I don’t know, the seagulls.”

“You can’t fit a seagull in a terrarium.”

“Yeh, that’s kinda what I’m getting at. So maybe we don’t need to. The seagull eats what, fish? Then it discards the carcass and flies away. But the fish guts give rise to bacteria in the water. So then we come along and harvest the bacteria and find proteins in it that came from fish blood. We also find traces of seagull saliva. But we only have the bacteria.”

“I don’t think even the Dyson readers are this powerful.”

“No, mate. No chance. But gentle reminder: I was tripping balls. And like I said, this may not have much merit. But here’s another word we should be looking at more closely: life.”

“Okay. Life. Are you saying expand the definition?”

“Well, sort of. I mean that we keep talking about life on Lisica but we keep forgetting to add a whole new component: us. We are life on Lisica. You and me and the whole gang. And we are making impacts on it and it is making impacts on us. Maahjabeen and Pradeep getting poisoned. I mean, now that we’re fishing the lagoon we’re consuming all the local bugs.” Katrina has been speaking to her own toes, her legs stuck straight out before her on the bed. She hazards a glance at Alonso and finds that his gaze is troubled. “So then I realized we don’t need no stinkin’ terarria. We are the fragile glass globes containing all the bits and bobs of Lisica within us. The bacteria, the proteins, the dynamic interactions. They’re already all inside us. It’s just a shame we didn’t like start with bloodtest baseline records or something. That would make it much easier at the end to compare one result with the other…”

“Yes, now that is something that would be very interesting. I wonder if any of the military hospitals I stayed in have kept any of my many blood samples? Probably not. Because I could get a blood draw taken when we get back and I would be very curious about the results. Not your results, with the thirdhand bacteria and proteins. There is just… I think you are dramatically overestimating the specificity and sensitivity of modern instruments—”

“Yeh, that’s why I agreed there wouldn’t be very many merits.” Katrina clamps her mouth shut and puts a leash on her irritation. But it’s too late. Alonso registers it. And now she’s embarrassed. Doing drugs around squares, or even just a bunch of sober people, is hard work. You can’t put any of the downsides onto them, not like if you were actually sick or heartbroken. This was your choice and now the resulting shit is all your own to handle, haiku triplet. Just keep your mouth shut until you can be nice again.

Yet Katrina’s next impulse is to carry on. “Sorry. I mean, it’s definitely science fiction, but it really is the ultimate goal of Plexity, eh? That we’re not just interconnected, we’re like intershot with all the matter and the interactions that wash through us. Collisions like galaxies in my bones and blood. But the work we’re doing here will someday allow it. The specificity will be there. The sensitivity to detect quantum fluctuations that happened in a faraway star system but eventually flutter my heart. Linear thinkers like talking about the butterfly effect but nobody wants to discuss the billion butterflies effect, the billion-butterflies-every-second-since-the-big-bang-effect. They think it all just dissolves into noise but—”

“No!” Alonso halts her train of thought with an upraised finger. “It dissolves into life! That is the nature of life, all those interactions hitting us from a million different angles at all times, enriching us and mutating us and giving complexity to every subatomic unit and all the higher-order processes they create. Yes. I have nibbled around the edges of those thoughts. And I am glad you’re the one who took the acid and had the experience yourself so now I will not need to. It does not seem to have made you happier.”

“It just makes me wonder what we’re doing here. It’s really easy to lose the thread of our work when we collect and record and all data just kind of generalizes out to an infinite number of bits, none more interesting than the other. But, oh well. Just thought I should share the vision before I lost it. Thought it might help.”

Alonso’s eyes are dark, introspective. “It does, actually. I have been having trouble with this deadline in a couple weeks, for sure, but I have also been having an equal amount of trouble with the suggestion Flavia made that we only characterize the life of the lagoon and beach and, as Miriam agreed with her, that the rest should be a grant proposal to return as soon as possible with more teams and greater resources and maybe a fucking helicopter so we can actually get inland for once. And I think your idea… It is wild and crazy and impossible, and will most likely remain impossible forever barring the revocation of entropy and the second law of thermodynamics, at which point we might as well free ourselves from causality entirely and start time-traveling, forget about just finding the record of an entire island in a drop of blood. But no. No… Your idea does not need to be possible for it to have merit. And the merit it has is the prospect that Flavia is right, and that we can legitimately gain an accurate snapshot of the wider island in the samples of the lagoon.”

“Oh.” Katrina doesn’t know if she’s helped or hurt him with this line of thought. He doesn’t seem very pleased with it. “I’m sorry, Doctor Alonso. Plexity and Lisica is for sure the most thrilling thing I’ve ever been involved with and I don’t want it to end. Except this scary part, where all our lives keep getting threatened. But barring that, I’d stay here for ages working on this with you.”

“Thank you. I have no idea if we will have the chance, later.”

“You know, people get this idea that just because you do certain drugs, it must mean that you’re stupid, but I’ve had the most—”

“No.” Again Alonso interrupts Katrina. “It doesn’t make you stupid. Obviously. But it makes you unreliable. Like my wine. And Jay’s weed. As long as you understand that, then you are having a more honest relationship with whatever is the vice of your choice.”

“I’m just in it for the visions.” Katrina shrugs. “Which makes me even more unreliable. Just this mad woman of Sydney. But I guess in the long run I’m not really looking for anyone’s approval.”

Alonso stands and pats her leg. “No. No, you certainly are not.”

Ξ

Triquet crouches in a bush. Milo is in front of him, seated on the ground with his feet planted on either side, knees as high as a frog. The youth’s legs are thin to the point of malnutrition, the muscles like cords along each femur. Yes, there is something paleolithic about these golden childs. Triquet wonders if they’re perhaps nomadic. Maybe that’s the difference between them and the people of Morska Vidra’s village.

Triquet is tired of sitting here. Their brain is far too active to fall into this kind of endless pre-modern reverie that people like Milo can effortlessly achieve. And it’s been, what, all night and into the morning now? Fifteen hours? Something like that? And their eagle bite is throbbing.

Milo had scared the hell out of them in the dark, finding Triquet by touch, who was only comforted when their own fingers found the golden mask. Then they had roughly clasped each other in the dark and the cold, both bodies shivering, and finally fallen asleep.

It was upon waking that Triquet decided this golden childs needed a name. It was a longstanding policy to know at least the first name of those Triquet had slept with and they didn’t want to break it now. So. The little man had become Milo.

It hadn’t gotten any drier or warmer but Triquet had finally disentangled themself from the warm embrace to crawl forward and peer out from under the thick eaves of the underbrush. Its small, almond-shaped leaves with serrated edges drip endless drops onto the black earth, which sheets with water.

“Well, Milo.” Triquet now addresses his back. “Moment of truth and all that. How’s your Russian?” Then they fall forward stiffly on all fours and stifle a groan. They are so stiff and sore. Crawling forward, they lower their chin to the dead leaves, which prickle, and peer out. There’s some dark vertical surface out there, covered in networks of lichen and algae. From a slightly different vantage it resolves into a wall—the back of the bunker, stained and blackened by time. Oh, well. That’s good. The bushes back here are a nice safe place to be, for sure. Just miserable-as-can-be is all.

On the far side of that wall was their home for the last few weeks, now returned to an unassuming bare ruin. It had been filled with their cute little cells and the kitchen and all the laptops at the work tables in a row. It had been nice. And the hatch leading to the sub must be just a few meters away. If Triquet could somehow get to it and slip down there with the others, dry and safe and hidden… It seems like the greatest possible luxury. Maybe they can just start with the dirt beneath their feet and dig straight down, hoping the sub runs under here. But they know it doesn’t. It starts at the bottom of the stairs, ten meters off to Triquet’s left and down another eight, before heading off under the beach at an angle. Not a passage they can scrape away with their hands. And then there’s the matter of the concrete and the steel hull. No getting through them with just like elbow grease and fingernails. They’re still trapped out here. So close and yet so far.

Well. Then it is a matter of being a scout again. Be optimistic. There’s a strong chance that no Russian soldiers ever arrived here. That’s what we call the reality-based chance. And if Triquet can confirm that now, then hooray, we can all resume our daily lives and just like lock Katrina and Jay in the warrant officer’s cabin for the remainder of the stay.

Triquet recalls the placement of the window in the back, and how they’d heard that a fox jumped out it when they first arrived. That fox probably had a trail… Triquet pulls back and scans the forest floor for any sign of one. There: an unsteady depression running generally in the right direction, thin as thread.

Triquet crawls carefully along this game trail, finding that it ends at a woody bush whose main limb serves as a springboard to the empty window ahead. Triquet can see claw marks and dirty paw prints on the limb, clear as day. They are pleased that for once an educated guess actually turns out to be true.

Triquet looks back at Milo, who seems to be watching them from behind the blankness of the golden mask. “Just going to take a peek,” Triquet silently mouths to him, pointing at the window. Then they slowly rise…

Thunk. Triquet stops. Something heavy bumped against another object in the bunker. Just on the other side of the wall, not even their own body’s length away. Then they hear breathing, a heavy snuffling, and an indistinct muttering. Somebody is in there. Unmistakably. It isn’t a fox. It’s a man. A Russian? Triquet can’t hear enough of the words. Whoever it is, they are obviously alone, muttering to themself with idle observations. Could it be one of the Lisicans? It doesn’t really sound like them. This person is less… healthy? Or maybe it’s one of the shamans. It could very well be. Talking to themselves is very on brand for them, poking around in the bunker after getting their golden mask buddies to spook the researchers away for whatever malevolent reason. Yes, paranoia argues that this has all just been a game to them. Or, like some complex side tactic in their great argument. Those assholes.

Or maybe it’s a Russian soldier after all and if Triquet pops their head up to see, it gets blown off. No real way to tell.

The body shifts within. Steps are taken, dried ferns brushing against the floor. Yes, there is a heaviness to the steps, perhaps a bit of a waddle or limp. They only take like three so it’s hard to tell. Then a long exhalation and a word that sounds like shivyit.

The figure moves through the bunker and out the door, their movement tapering to silence. Now Triquet doesn’t know what to do. Should they try to confirm the person’s identity? How are they supposed to do that when any movement will likely be too much?

A gout of rain solves that issue. It suddenly falls with such force that Triquet is easily able to withdraw deeper into the bushes without fear of being heard. It really pounds down, a trickle of cold water worming its way around the collar of their coat and down their neck. Their feet are already made of ice, probably as blue as the boots they wear. And the rain doesn’t let up.

Emboldened, Triquet uses the downpour to crawl around the building counter-clockwise, still staying in the bushes close to the ground. They ease wide so their sightline is clear of the corner of the building. There is no one there. Well, obviously. Who in their right mind would stand in the middle of this deluge if there’s a building right there beside them? They must have gone back inside and Triquet couldn’t hear it over the battering the corrugated steel roof endures.

Too many unknowns. What will prove that camp is unsafe? Well. A mental checklist appears in Triquet’s mind. If they find out it’s a Russian. Check. If they find more than one person. That means it isn’t a shaman so therefore it has to be soldiers. Check. If they hear any metal sounds. Lisicans don’t wear metal. Check. If their feet leave tread like the lugs of boot soles. Check. If Triquet can figure out what the fuck shivyit means. Check.

And what would prove that camp is safe? Prove? That is much harder, proving a negative. Hard to prove an absence of threat when there’s obviously someone in there prowling around. And there’s very little chance it’s someone who looks on Alonso and his crew kindly, either way. So no checklist there.

And what if it’s just one of the golden childs in the bunker? Maybe they didn’t know Triquet was close and let their guard down a bit, dropping the whole silent mask routine? Maybe they’re still just patrolling the empty camp because they wouldn’t go into the sub? That prospect suddenly seems the most likely and Triquet pushes forward, eager to catch sight of a gold mask in the bunker’s door. But they can’t see anyone out there and moving forward any more would take them out of the bushes entirely and that’s a big no thank you from Triquet.

Triquet schools themself to patience and pulls back to the window to peek within. The bunker is empty, rain pouring in shining columns through the gaps in the roof. It looks so cozy. They are sorely tempted to crawl through and hide. Perhaps if they covered themself with some dead ferns and just kept still? They could happily sleep the day away.

But that would never do.

The rain eases. A break in the sky suddenly appears above the cliffs and an eerie golden light filters through the drizzle. The wind picks up and the trees shed their soaked dead leaves. And in the cathedral light that slants down into the bushes, Triquet can now see a wider path through the thicket behind them leading away from camp, back toward the cliffs. This must be one of the paths to the secret tunnels. They slept like not two steps away from it and they’re only just seeing it now.

Fabulous.

Well, no time like the present. Bye bye bunker. They can retreat from these dangers and dive down into the dark now to find their way back to the sub and the loving embrace of Miriam and Alonso and all the others.

But can they? It is still an open question if it is safe for the others to come out. And without Triquet’s eyes and ears out here, they’ll never know if it gets any safer. No, they can’t retreat and put that burden on someone else. They need to figure this out once and for all. So no tunnel for them. Yet.

Triquet rocks back on their heels and tries to think strategically. Okay. The storm is breaking up and the beach is getting a patch or two of sun. Gusts of wind chase clouds from the sky. Sneaking off to the right, toward the trenches and Tenure Grove, will provide good cover but take Triquet further from camp, and maybe make it harder for them to see what might be occurring out there. But if they go the other way, alongside the creek to the left, staying in that deep underbrush and peeking out every few minutes to see, they could probably get a good survey from the door of the bunker all the way to camp and down to the beach.

And that’s when they hear the whistle, faintly from the lagoon. Three short blasts. Not a bird whistle, but the sound made from a small metal object, like a referee uses at a basketball game.h1 { color: #000000; letter-spacing: 2.0pt; line-height: 150%; text-align: center; page-break-inside: avoid; orphans: 0; widows: 0; margin-top: 0in; margin-bottom: 0in; border: none; padding: 0in; direction: ltr; background: transparent; text-decoration: underline; page-break-after: avoid }h1.western { font-family: “Wallington”; font-size: 12pt; so-language: en-US; font-style: normal; font-weight: normal }h1.cjk { font-family: “Droid Serif”; font-size: 10pt; font-style: normal; font-weight: normal }h1.ctl { font-family: “Droid Serif”; font-size: 12pt; so-language: ar-SA; font-style: normal; font-weight: normal }p { color: #000000; line-height: 115%; text-align: justify; orphans: 0; widows: 0; margin-right: 0.5in; margin-top: 0.17in; margin-bottom: 0.08in; direction: ltr; background: transparent }p.western { font-family: “Calibri”, sans-serif; font-size: 11pt; so-language: en-US }p.cjk { font-family: “Calibri”, sans-serif; font-size: 11pt }p.ctl { font-family: “Times New Roman”, serif; font-size: 11pt; so-language: ar-SA }em { font-style: italic }a:link { color: #000080; so-language: zxx; text

Chapter 41 – To The Sub

October 7, 2024

Lisica Chapters

Thanks for joining us for the third volume of our Scientist Soap Opera escapist journey to the mysterious island of Lisica! You can find previous episodes in the link above or column on the right. Please don’t forget to subscribe and leave a comment if you enjoy what you find!

This image has an empty alt attribute; its file name is image-7-29-24-at-9.28e280afam.jpg

Audio for this episode:

41 – To The Sub

Pradeep descends the narrow set of concrete stairs. Jay’s back, silhouetted by the light coming from the sub below, bends nearly double before vanishing through the hatch. Well. Pradeep has mostly done a good job avoiding the sub and the tunnels and the entire bloody interior of the island but now his help is needed. His clarity. His common sense. Pradeep takes a deep breath to calm himself but the growing knot of anxiety in his guts can’t be so easily released. It is beyond his control.

Yes. So is everything. Lisica has robbed him entirely of self-rule. And some of that is fantastic. He will happily worship Maahjabeen for the rest of his days. He is thrilled to be working with Doctor Alonso, the luminary. But the rest of it… Actually living out these fearsome experiences might be too much for his faint heart.

“There it is!” Jay crows from within. Heartened, Pradeep ducks through the hatch and straightens in the cramped chamber, its curving walls tapering together near his head, increasing his claustrophobia, sepia and yellow light everywhere. Jay stands proudly, holding the remains of a dead roach. He searches his pockets for his lighter. Nope, no lighter. But ah! There it is on the ground, red and chrome, like a child’s forgotten toy.

He sparks up, hoping the weed can ground him a bit. Having to do actual real-world shit while peaking on acid fucking sucks.

Jay realizes Pradeep is talking to him. And the weed isn’t hitting at all, it just got yeeted straight out of his brain by the stronger drug. Fuck. “What’s that, Prad?” Oh, weird. Did he actually say those words out loud or imagine them?

“So where is it?”

“Huh?” Jay notices the way Pradeep purses his lips when he’s upset. He sure is a stress case. “Oh! Uh… I just had it.” With a triumphant smile he presents the lighter to Pradeep. “Ta-daa.”

“No, abe saale,” Pradeep snatches the lighter from Jay’s hand and shoves it back into his front pockets. “The evidence. Where is the evidence?” Jay only looks at him, stupefied. Pradeep shakes him by the shoulders. “No no no. You have to stay here with me. You have to tell me. This golden man. Where did you see him?”

“Right! The golden man!” Jay grabs Pradeep by the elbows, his face filled with revelation. “Dude! It was right here! I was sitting here buzzing. And Katrina wanted to go down on me but I said, hold up. We’re like not alone in here. So she—”

“Wait. She what?” Pradeep is scandalized. “Is that what you two were doing down here? Isn’t she like seventeen?”

“Aw, come on, Prad. She’s twenty-two. She’s only like nineteen months younger than me. Why’s everybody gotta disrespect the one and only DJ Bubblegum?”

“Okay. Well, I didn’t know you were…” Pradeep makes a vague back-and-forth gesture with his hands, “into each other.”

“Are we?” The overwhelmed look on Jay’s face indicates that this is a calculation that is way beyond his abilities at the moment.

“So anyway…” Pradeep hauls his friend back to the here and now. “Where did you see the golden man?”

“I was here. Katrina was here. Golden man was here.”

“Okay. Did he ever come into this room or did he stay in that doorway there? That hatch?”

“He stayed in the hatch. Oh, shit. That’s right, Prad. The Russians. They’re on their way. We got to hide.”

“Yes, well…” Pradeep can’t think how to finish that sentence. He supposes it is within the realm of possibility that Russian military forces still visit the island. Katrina had detected Slavic words in Lisican speech. They must have gotten it somewhere. But he dreads the notion. Armed soldiers prowling through camp, with orders to shoot anyone they find there. It’s terrifying. They are so utterly alone and defenseless here, so far from any help at all. “What exactly did he say?”

“Uhh…” Jay scrubs his forehead. Visual memories turn into words and back again, forming some abstract orthogonal space in his head that refuses to resolve into speech. “You know, he was speaking Russian. And I don’t understand Russian.”

“Right. So Katrina was translating. And how did that go? Was he nice? Was he angry? Did he threaten you?”

Jay giggles. “Show me on the doll where he touched you.”

Pradeep claps his hands. “Jay. Let us be serious here. They are upstairs waiting for us.”

“Be vewy vewy quiet. We’re hunting wabbits!” Jay falls forward onto all fours and Pradeep is afraid he’s lost him again. But no. Jay crawls slowly forward, scanning the deck. All things considered, it’s probably what they should both be doing. Pradeep inspects the walls instead. Triquet has done a nice job, putting up a gallery of portraits in a row here, the uniformed men in black and white who served on this sub and perhaps buried it here. Their postwar faces look so simple, the light in their eyes so certain. Well. Life was far more straightforward back then, that’s for sure.

Jay crawls through the hatch, still not looking up. It is dark on the far side, something Pradeep isn’t yet willing to encounter. He takes out his phone and lights the chamber beyond. Then he closely inspects the frame of the hatch. But the frame is clear of pollen. Pradeep fights his impatience down. Careful, now. Don’t jump to any conclusions yet. Frankly, he hadn’t believed Jay’s story of the golden childs and their strange rituals at first until he was shocked to find them surrounding the camp a few nights ago. All kinds of bizarre things happen here. This might be one of them. “You must understand. Because of your condition, we can’t just take your word for it. It is too important. We need to know.”

Jay rolls over, nodding. “Knowledge. Not just like opinions but…” He wants to make a speech on the value of true knowledge but an ire blazes in Pradeep’s shadowed face that makes him hesitate. “What? What did I do?”

“Just stay on task. The golden man. We need to find him.”

“Yeah. But we don’t speak Russian. We should have brought Katrina. She could have—”

“Not on your life. I’m having enough trouble with one of you.” Pradeep scans the dark chamber. Lit by just his narrow white beam, it seems far more spooky. “Come on. Figure it out!”

“Will do. I think he went this way.”

Pradeep follows Jay through the next hatch into the narrow corridor and its three doors. It is only getting more dark and scary. Each of the offices and ward rooms are empty. In the Captain’s cabin a twisted blanket still lies on the mattress. That was where Alonso was when Pradeep found him. Also on drugs. He came on to Pradeep quite hard… That was awkward. What is it with these crazy people? For the first time he’s happy about Maahjabeen’s strict temperance. He needs at least one stable person in his life.

They creep through the corridor, Jay scouring the grate of the deck and the stained walls of the hallway. The end of the passage is lit by an indirect light. Pradeep recalls that Triquet leaves work lights on down here quite a lot.

They step through into the control room. Jay is quite pleased with himself. He’s been able to stay on task for a whole five minutes now. Perhaps the peak is already passing. Then he’ll just have to deal with coming down, which is horrible. But hopefully they’ll be back up in the bunker by then.

The work light in the corner is tilted upward, making crazy shadows that expand the higher they go. The shadows all converge on the ceiling, which troubles him. It seems significant somehow. Malevolent. “Shit.” The last thing Jay needs while hallucinating his nuts off is an actual confrontation with one of the evil spirits of the island. He’s sure they’re here. It’s almost like he can sense them. The acid gives him a second sight. But, thankfully, the control room is clear. And there’s no sign that anyone went down the hole in the deck in the corner onto the jumble of stacked furniture below. “If there’s gonna be pollen anywhere, it’d be here…”

They both inspect the ragged hole, the rusted edges of expanded steel clean of anything resembling gold dust. “Can we say this is proof, then?” Pradeep studies Jay’s bleary face. “Will you accept that this golden man wasn’t real? That it was the drugs and only the drugs?”

An immense weariness washes through Jay. He recalls that his side was slashed open. That was a real thing. The pain he still feels in his skin is a real thing. Maybe the golden man was not? Who even knows any more? The last few hours are nothing but a jumble in his fatigued brain. Perhaps he doesn’t know anything about anything at all. “Sure, man. Whatever you say.”

Pradeep nods, pleased with Jay’s mumbled concession. “Fine. Good. Then let’s get back and tell them before…”

And that’s when they both see the far hatch in the control room, the one that had been welded shut and convinced them in the days early on that this was the end of the sub, is now cracked open.

“What in the world…?” Pradeep edges up to it. “But how…?” He runs his light along the edges of its door. It is still welded shut. Yet there is a seam outside the door frame that has been broken open. It may not even be on a hinge. The entire bulkhead is just a giant heavy panel made of rusted steel that has now been heaved aside, with a gap wide enough for a man to pass through.

“Oh, shit. I knew it…” All Jay’s fears become manifest, coalescing in the darkness on the other side of this hatch. “I fucking knew it. This is too freaky, bro. We got to pull back and come at this with a little more…”

But Pradeep is absorbed by something he sees through the gap. He peers more closely, listens more intently. “Hang on.”

Then he steps through, into darkness.

Ξ

Triquet wakes with a start. Then a deep shiver. Oh, that’s right. Here they are. Alone and lost. At their lowest point yet.

It is dark, maybe already dawn. They lie face down in the mud outside the bunker beneath a bush somewhere by the creek and the pool. The waterfall is a steady rushing white noise beside them, with the slap of falling water on flat stones nearby.

They’re soaking wet and freezing, eagle bite throbbing, wrapped imperfectly in their rain suit. How did they manage to actually fall asleep out here? Oh. Right. They are utterly exhausted.

It had been a race to break down the camp and the bunker, some kind of awful marathon filled with rising anxiety and shouting matches and Esquibel’s outrageous threats. At least they’d already done half the work, back when the rains had started. They’d already struck the tents and hammock and lowered the camp tarps and stowed the solar panels. If those things had still been up last night, there was no way they could have finished in time.

They’d begged the golden childs to help them, Katrina even haranguing them all in Russian, using the exact same phrases the golden man had said to her. But the childs remained unmoved. They evidently had their orders and were sticking to them.

Then there had been the bunker. Amy’s reed panels had all been pulled apart and carried down into the sub, where they’d decided they could hide. The clean room had taken a godawful amount of time to disassemble, as did the kitchens and all their food. But then finally the bunker had stood bare, the holes in the roof once again uncovered, and rain had poured in.

Then they’d had the final argument.

They all realized that if they just pulled the trap door shut behind them, it would stick out like a sore thumb to anyone who came looking. One of them needed to remain behind and cover their tracks so that the trap door wouldn’t be discovered. And after an argument, a few rounds of rochambeau, and another yelling match that had gotten painfully personal, Triquet had been selected as the lucky one to be left behind.

At 4:45 am they had closed the trap door on every other person they knew on this island and scattered a sheaf of rotting fern leaves atop it. Perhaps the coconut crabs would even move back in.

Then, as a final task, Triquet had gone out to the trenches and done their best to fill them in. The trenches themselves would be hard to find, but the smell definitely needed to be controlled, or all their concealment would go to waste.

And how much work it had been. A whirlwind of activity. Their hands are cut and bloody, with bone bruises in their wrists and knees from wrestling heavy objects, all fueled by adrenaline and rising terror….

Then it had been up to Triquet to find their own way back into the tunnels from the hidden openings in the base of the cliff. But it had been such a long struggle. And it was so wet and dark that they soon got lost in the maze of narrow trails beneath the underbrush.

At a certain point they’d given up, closing their eyes to conserve energy. Now they’re waking up, who knows how much time later. It might be well after dawn. There might be soldiers patrolling the trail beside their head. If they take out their phone to check on the time, one of them might see the glowing screen and open fire.

Triquet strains to listen. There is nothing but the unbroken white noise of the waterfall. No other sound can break through. Shoot, so much for stealth. Triquet could sing an entire Depeche Mode album at the top of their lungs and nobody would hear them.

And then they strain to see. Afraid to move, they slowly roll their head to the side and peer along the length of the forest floor. It is all black, but after a while they can see a variegated pattern of gray and deep purple. Either moonlight or dawnlight. But with this rain it can’t be the moon. It must be morning. And the Russians must already be here.

Where did the golden childs go? Do any still watch over Triquet? Or is that whole psychotic shaman game called off until the even more psychotic Russians leave? Maybe one or more of the childs hide nearby, silently watching over Triquet. Wouldn’t that be nice?

But now what do they do? Can they move? Do they have to stay here? For how long? There’s no end date on this Russian visit. Nobody said if they’re staying for an hour or a month. How will Triquet know when it’s over if all they’re doing is squeezing their eyes shut, face down in the mud?

Triquet realizes their fate isn’t to escape into the tunnels and find their way back up into the sub with the others. It is to be their scout while they safely hide. Well, crap on a stick. This is turning out to be a much worse bargain than expected. Amy and Miriam had both volunteered to be the one left behind, but Triquet’s youth and experience with these tunnels out near the waterfall had won the argument. At the time, they had felt so gallant.

Now they just feel wretched. What exactly do they think they can accomplish here? They’re no soldier. They’re hardly an athlete. All their physical reserves were blown breaking down the camp. They need a good forty-eight hours of nothing but hot cocoa and a full season of Househunters. But instead they somehow have to turn into a ninja.

That’s where it always starts with Triquet. If they ever need to transform themself for any reason, it begins with the costume. But they have no access to yards of black silk so their imagination will just have to do. They will swath their entire body in it, with one of those ninja headbands and a black kerchief covering everything but their eyes. Their hands and feet will be covered in those cute little traditional Japanese gloves and shoes with soft leather soles. And they’ll carry nothing but a short sword and a blowgun. Then they’ll run along rooftops on their way to assassinate the Shogun…

Okay. Well, the mindset is there. Now they’re ready to strike out, back toward camp, stealthy as a cat. Too bad they’re actually wearing a yellow vinyl rainsuit and blue patent leather boots. They’ll get spotted the instant they come out from under cover.

So the answer must be to stay under cover. These little fox trails that wind every which way must provide for routes around the back of the camp. They appear to be everywhere else.

“No time to be frightened. Just do it.” Triquet mouths the words out loud, then slips off to their left, down a dark tunnel of bare branches under brown leaves.

Ξ

“Where does this go?” Pradeep’s light fades to black past twenty meters or so, and yet the low and narrow hand-carved tunnel continues straight on, its walls sandstone, its floor pale sand.

“No way…” Jay is astounded by what he sees, even though it’s just a forced perspective of rough walls disappearing into the dark. He’s still firmly in his peak so lights shimmer along the length, first outward in a wavy rainbow pattern, then back to him, crawling up his feet and legs, suffusing him with warmth and certainty. It’s like being in a birth canal, and he’s reliving his own delivery. He shivers. “No fucking way.”

Pradeep peers ahead as far as he can. “I mean, I figure it has to go under the cliffs to the island’s interior. Obviously. Yet another of the many ways the Lisicans access the beach here. But so much work! And it can’t be too stable…” Pradeep stops, convinced. “Yes. This is enough. We can go back, as you said, and tell the others. This is the evidence we needed.” Pradeep listens to the patter of water draining through the tunnel. Right, the storm is soaking the ground above. This thing could collapse at any moment. And yet… despite his rising anxiety, something alluring beckons to him in the heart of that darkness. There is some great intellectual itch to be scratched through there. He can tell, that if he continued on, that he would be able to delve into the greater secrets of this island and maybe even life itself…

Pradeep shakes himself, breaking the reverie. “Yes, well, but that would be foolish. And say what you like of Pradeep Chakrabarti, no one can call him a fool.”

“Okay.” Jay has no idea what Pradeep is talking about. He just realized that he suddenly needs to piss like a race horse. How’s he going to accomplish that down here?

Pradeep turns away from the darkness and pushes past Jay. “Come on. Let’s get back to Maahjabeen and the others. We can explore this more later.”

“Yeah. Good call.” Jay can hustle back to the surface and empty himself out and maybe crash in his hammock for a bit. He turns, swaying, and then stampedes forward with urgency, his bladder his only thought. Once he gets past Pradeep he pushes on into the darkness back to the sub. The light swings up once behind him, offering a glimpse of the tunnel ahead, and then it swings to the floor so Pradeep can light his own footsteps.

Jay charges forward, breaths short, doing all he can to keep from wetting himself. The way back to the sub is just a few steps ahead now. And then it’s just a bunch of rooms and stairs til he can finally get outside and water a bush. Ugh! Don’t think about it! Just move!

“Jay! Slow down!” Pradeep is more uncertain in the tunnel. He hadn’t realized how wet it was in here on the way in. The clay of the tunnel floor sucks at his feet. “You don’t have a light! Stupid hophead. You can’t just blunder off into the dark.”

Pradeep trudges behind, cursing Jay. Then he realizes he’s gone more than a hundred paces on his way back to the sub. There is no chance that they walked more than a hundred paces into this tunnel at the outset. Far less. And now they’ve done far more. “Wait. Jay?”

“I come from the land down under…” Jay’s song lyrics are nearly grunted aloud from far ahead.

“Jay, we have to stop.”

“Can’t really do that right now, homie.” And with that apology, Jay redoubles his efforts and hurries ahead, about to burst.

Pradeep yelps, hearing Jay disappear into the distance. “Jay, stop! Please! You can’t…” Pradeep stops moving. They went the wrong way. It’s the only thing that makes sense. There must have been a branch in the tunnel they didn’t see on the way in. And Jay went down it, continues to go down it, away from the sub. And the last thing Pradeep wants to do is go further in after him. But he also can’t go back alone. For one, he doesn’t know which way they turned wrong. He could easily get even more lost, and then it’d just be him alone wandering under the surface of the island along a separate path until he dies of starvation. Pradeep shivers. No, he can’t go back alone. “Jay, wait!” He hurries down the tunnel.

After a long timeless ordeal, during which the tunnel grows more ragged and small, dropping and rising in the clay and gravel and forcing Pradeep to twist himself through the constricted passage, he finally comes upon Jay leaning against a wall, pissing into a small pool. “Oh. Yuck. Do you have to, Jay? We might step in it and—”

“As a matter of fact,” Jay answers loudly, “I do. Very much. Have to. Sorry.” And the stream continues, a shocking amount. Jay sags with relief against the wall. Finally he finishes, putting himself away and groaning in relief. “Yeah, we’re lost. But at least with this smell we’ll be able to tell if we ever come back this way. Come on, Prad.” And Jay steps past the puddle to continue on.

“Wait. Why are you still going that way? We should go back.”

“I am going back.”

“Oh, no no no. Don’t do that to me, Jay. We came from this way. I just came from this direction. I am sure of it. You were leaning against that wall. Making a puddle right there.”

“Really? I would have sworn it’s the other side. I just stepped away from the wall. Look. The puddle’s already gone in the sand.”

“It’s this way, Jay. Please. Don’t make us even more lost. This is a big island.”

“Don’t I know it. But are you sure…?” Jay studies their footprints in the clay. There are tracks in both directions. Many of them. “Aw, hell. Look, Prad. They’re everywhere. We’re boned.”

“What? How? I thought I had the only other footprints here. Maybe these are the tracks of your golden man.” Pradeep tries to make out whether the tracks have the imprint of modern soles or if they are from bare feet or whatever the hell the man must be wearing. “But I am still telling you, our way back is this way. Do not make me go any further in.”

Jay knows Pradeep is wrong but he also knows he won’t win the fight. Ah, well. People don’t just build tunnels to nowhere. They must all eventually head somewhere. So it doesn’t really matter. He’ll just have to see where this one pops out. Dutifully, he falls in behind and lets Pradeep lead.

They walk in silence for a long time. Pradeep consults the time. It’s 10:51pm. They’ve been out for over an hour. The others back in the bunker must be getting worried. I am so sorry, babi! Pradeep silently mouths, sending his love to Maahjabeen.

For Jay, an outcrop of rock under his hand sends him spinning into the deepest revelations he’s ever had. That rock has formed down here, unseen by any eyes, for millions of years. Then busy little men had formed this channel in the mud, revealing it. And now there are tunnels shot through the mud and rock everywhere. They’re like the wrinkled passageways of a brain. God’s brain. He is walking through the mind of a deity. And what makes God so all-powerful is how ancient God is. Formed of the earth’s living crust, the thoughts that arise and coalesce in the divine mind are these rocks, which form over eons, millions upon millions of years. This is what God’s speech looks like, these mineral accretions. And that’s why humans will never understand the language of divinity. Because God speaks so slow. Little humans live and die in a flash, just as God is forming the beginning of a syllable that leads to a word that someday will be a sentence, a profound statement about the nature of the universe. But humans will never hear it. “Dude. We can only ever hear the briefest little snippet.”

“What’s that?” Pradeep can make no sense of the non sequitur. “Don’t worry, Jay. I think we’re nearly back now. The tunnel is straightening out.”

But Jay is satisfied to be here now, crawling around in the mind of the immortal. It doesn’t matter if he’s above ground or below any more. All of it is within God’s loving embrace. “Hey. Man. I just wanted to tell you… I think it’s cool your girlfriend is so religious. It’s like, I never really thought about it much before, but I get it. Now I get it.”

“She will not want to hear that you equate your drug trip to her faith. But I’m, uh, I guess I’m glad you like her.”

“Oh, sure. She’s awesome. I just wish she liked me.”

Pradeep searches for a way to refute that statement but can’t think of one. Jay is right. Poor bastard. He sure seems to rub a lot of people the wrong way. Even Pradeep can’t wait to separate from him and get back to Maahjabeen. She is still recovering from her poisoning. She needs him by her side.

And that is when he realizes he’s been walking down this straight passage for too long. Again. He stops. This isn’t the way back to the sub? He is somehow getting further from it. And now they have been gone for almost ninety minutes. And his phone battery is only half-full. Pradeep turns and turns again. Now what?

“Hey, man.” Jay stumbles to a stop and gives him a sleepy grin. “You as thirsty as me?”

“Improbable. You just lost half your bodyweight in urine.”

“I did?” Then Jay remembers. “Oh yeah. Highlight of my night.” Jay pushes past Pradeep, who is entirely at a loss. “Then let’s get going, homie. I need a drink.”

“But Jay, I don’t…” And that’s when they see the golden man, bent nearly double, coming toward them from the darkness ahead. The gleaming pollen of his mask refracts in the phone’s harsh light.

“Well, shit. There he is. See? We told you…” Jay shakes his head, confounded. “Now what? You speak any Russian?”

“No.” Pradeep speaks in a hush, spooked by the appearance of the figure. It appears that he really will have to trust Jay’s wild statements more than he has. That doesn’t make him happy. It opens up an entire psychedelic kaleidoscope of realities that he would prefer to keep unreal. “Hello. Uh. Sir. Nice to meet you.”

The golden man’s muffled voice, deep and guttural, fills the tunnel. Yep. Russian. Crazy. All of this is intolerably crazy.

“Can’t understand, dude.” Jay jerks a thumb over his shoulder. “Katrina’s back at the sub. That way? Yeah, how do we get out of here, anyway?”

“That’s it,” Pradeep encourages Jay. “Have him lead us out of here. He must know…”

But the golden man only speaks more Russian, heavily, as if reciting a long unhappy speech. He points at Jay with the tip of his thumb and makes another statement. Then, when the two young men before him seem to lack understanding, the golden man switches to Lisican. Jay hears the words Wetchie-ghuy and lidass but registers nothing more. “Whoa. Hold on, hold on there, big fella. We don’t… We can’t—Hey! That’s my phone!” The golden man holds out Jay’s phone to him and he snatches it. “Aw, damn! She cracked the screen! Look at that, Prad! Fucking Kula. And now that it’s broken, of course that’s when she hands it back. No, wait. I think it might actually…” Jay is startled to find it remains on, the smallest amount of power still in its battery.

Someone had been in the process of composing a text. “It’s in English so it must be Kula. Or Jidadaa. But word on the street is she’s hiding from the golden childs so… Yeah. This sounds like Kula for sure. It says, ‘Jay leedass, you byand bye gota stop Wetchie-ghuy. End the argument. Leedass. Kill. Jay kill Wetchie-ghuy.’ Oh, fuck all the way off. What the hell?”

The golden man is speaking again, once he hears the words he himself had been saying. Now he urges Jay, the words lidass and Wetchie-ghuy coming fast and furious.

“No. Absolutely not. I ain’t killing nobody. That ain’t my job here. I’m just a… I mean, have your Russian soldiers do it, if you’re so buddy buddy with them.”

The golden man falls silent.

Pradeep asks one of his incisive questions, his tone demanding attention. “So when will the Russians leave? When…? Ah. When will…?” Pradeep acts out the Russian soldiers landing on the beach, looking around, then leaving. He has no idea if any of that was clear at all. “When?”

But the golden man pushes Pradeep firmly away with the flat of his hand against his sternum. Pradeep stumbles back and the golden man makes another speech, mentioning Wetchie-ghuy twice. Then, jabbing at Pradeep with the tip of his thumb, he snarls, “Lisica. Na Daadaxáats giuxhe dan. Lisica.” And he turns and points at his own tailbone. “Lisica.”

“Oh, damn.” Jay shakes his head in wonder. “Dod-ah-shats was Jidadaa’s name for Sherman the shaman. And looks like he knows about your fox tramp stamp. But what does any of that have to do with Wetchie-ghuy and why is he so aggro about you—?”

A sudden sob escapes Pradeep. That dreadful vision swims up in front of his eyes, here in the dark, of the shaman looming over him in the space between life and death, making a deal for his soul. “Because I belong to him. The shaman attacked me and filled me with his cold mud. Wetchie-ghuy saved me, but only for a price.”

To Jay, nearing the end of his acid trip, reality is a tattered cloth and now he’s falling through the holes. Did Pradeep actually say what Jay thought he said? Jay turns to the masked figure to ask, and finds him on his knees scrubbing his hand against the wet sand where he pushed Pradeep. Unclean. “What the F? What’s going on here, grandpa?”

The golden man stands and grasps Jay by the wrist, pulling him forward, evidently to do battle against Wetchie-ghuy. His speech is urgent, decisive. But Jay digs in his heels.

“Whoa whoa whoa. Hold on.” Jay pulls his wrist away and turns back to Pradeep, who is hunched around the impact on his chest, head down. “We aren’t leaving Pradeep. We aren’t leaving you, Prad. Not ever.”

“We should go back to the sub.” Pradeep’s voice is reedy, distant, as if something brittle deep inside him has snapped. “I don’t want to be down here any more.”

“Yeah. For sure. Me either. But we still don’t know which way that is. Golden dude here wants us—or, me—to go further down this tunnel with him. So that’s probably not where our crew is. But that way, back the way we just came, is where we just were! And we know there’s no sub back there.”

Pradeep only stares at Jay, shorn of all bravery. He is empty and frail. A febrile panic attack announces its arrival and he almost rushes to it, the one familiar thing amongst all this madness. Like a freight train it roars through this tunnel, picking up Pradeep and carrying him away on the fast track to hysteric madness. Tears leak out from his squeezed-shut eyes and his limbs quiver, dropping him to the tunnel floor. His hands go to his throat. He can’t breathe.

Jay hauls on Pradeep. “Fuck. That.” He holds him tight, as close as lovers, Pradeep’s legs not bearing any of his weight. “And fuck you, golden dude. I ain’t going with you. I’m staying here and taking care of my buddy. And fuck Wetchie-ghuy for doing this. You can go kill him yourself. Go!”

Jay’s meaning is plain. The golden man retreats in defeat, still muttering. He withdraws down the tunnel until the darkness swallows him. Soon they are alone in the dark and all they can hear is Pradeep’s gasping breath.

“Jay. Jay! We’re going to die down here.”

The incision in Jay’s side starts to complain and he grimaces. “No way, Prad. You’re just spooked. And this is the dark part of the trip. When all the demons come out to play. That’s all.”

And as if Jay invoked them, the darkness surrounding him fills with infernal pairs of slanted teardrop eyes, blazing red.

Ξ

“Here. I’ll go first and then you will see that it is safe.” Her friend Maahjabeen disappears into the dark ahead as Flavia hangs back, unwilling to enter the sea cave. “See?”

“No. I don’t see. It is cold. And wet. And I need to sleep, not explore all these fucking caves.”

“There is no exploration. It is already explored. Yala, Flavia. Get out of that little tunnel. It is nice in this cave.”

Finally Flavia emerges, blinking distrustfully at the gloomy reaches of the cavern. “More darkness. Fantastico.”

“No, off to the left. That is where it opens to the sea. Just take two more steps. Look.”

“Yes, that is gray light. Hooray. You have convinced me. What a wonderful cave.” Flavia’s flat voice echoes against the far walls. Then a wave rushes in and fills the cave with its hiss. She listens as it departs, registering the deep churn of the low curtain fall behind her to her right, where the water comes in from above.

“That is your river there. When you take a shower in the cold waterfall every morning, that water washes down to here.”

“I see. Then maybe I will be able to find that hair tie I lost.” But despite her black mood, she can’t help but be impressed. Flavia takes another couple steps inside. She uncrosses her arms. The air is cool but pleasant. What a strange place. It feels like a theme park ride, with the collapsing pier and sunken boat and everything. “You and Pradeep, you rowed your boats into here? Madness.”

“Oh, yes. More than once.” Then Maahjabeen giggles, her tough exterior cracking. “I’m sorry. This cave has become very dear to us. It is one of our favorite places. I just wish I could get the boats through the mud tunnel. Then it would be so easy to launch from here. But it is always… kind of a death-defying process to get out of the lagoon and along the coast here. Don’t tell Alonso. Or he won’t let us do it any more.” Not that the storm will allow it these days. She is surprised that the sea level remains so low. If there had been a significant surge, it must have already passed.

Flavia realizes how tense she is. Now that they’ve reached the end and found no threats, she can finally relax. And, oh, how sore her muscles are! She sags against Maahjabeen. “Oh my god I need to pass out. Breaking down the camp. That was more physical work than I have done in… well, more than I have ever done. Ever ever. In my entire life. I mean, seriously! I must have gone up and down those steps a hundred times!”

“I worry about Triquet.” Sudden tears fill Maahjabeen’s eyes and she hugs Flavia tight. “And Pradeep. Of course.”

“And Jay?”

“Sure.”

They stand in silence, hearing another sweep of white noise that echoes from the sea cave’s entrance to them. It adds layers to the other water sounds in this cavern: the curtain fall; the slap of waves against the rock shelf; the boom of the distant surf. “It is the rainfall on the ocean,” Maahjabeen finally realizes, the water sounds acting like a siren’s song upon her. “Come. Let me show you.”

They pick their way closer to the sea cave entrance, following a narrow path along the left wall that eventually widens into a manmade cavern. Flavia steps on the worn concrete pilings, unwilling to go much farther. It sounds like an angry ocean out there, one that could tear them to pieces. But Maahjabeen strides confidently forward toward the diffuse gray light.

“It would have to be a sudden epic storm swell to sweep us off these rocks. We will be fine. But listen.”

Flavia studies Maahjabeen’s rapturous face. She is dubious. What about this situation could possibly inspire such a reaction? “Is this a religious thing? It must be. Because I do not understand—”

“Listen.” Maahjabeen grabs Flavia’s forearm and they go silent.

The sheeting of rain on the water rises and falls over the regular slap of the tide. Flavia lifts her eyes to the gray light, happy to have something to look at, and patiently waits for Maahjabeen’s special moment to end. “Did you hear, Flavia? That is the voice of God.”

“I heard sh-shhhh-shhhhhh and that is all. It is just water.”

“No, listen with your heart for once. Not your head. Listen to the world with your soul.”

Flavia makes a face and stands in cold silence for another ten seconds. “Ah. There it is. God is telling me to stop being such a stupid fool and to go back to the sub.”

“Flavia…” Maahjabeen grasps her by both hands. “You cannot be deaf to it anymore. It is happening all around us. The golden childs and their prophecies. The signs everywhere. The attack on me and Pradeep. These are happening. And they aren’t… they can’t be fully understood by science and the rational mind.”

“Well I am glad we agree you are not being rational.”

“Of course I am not! Because the world isn’t entirely rational! It is mysterious and strange and divine! Just because experiments are the only thing we can reproduce does not mean they encompass every facet of life. Don’t you see? Sure, science is a wonderful tool. The best. But we need other tools as well to really understand the nature of the universe. Be honest with yourself.”

“Honest? You want to talk about honest? Okay. How about you tell me why it is that in brainscans of religious people, they are found to have a circuit in the brainstem that fires more than a normal person’s does? That is all your religion is. You have built yourselves a self-reinforcing feedback loop in your heads that sees omens and all kinds of weird subtexts and your god circuits fire off these learned sensations to make you feel holy. It is very simple. You are not hearing the voice of god. It is just a cognitive module you were given by others, most likely your parents.”

Maahjabeen has never heard this. But it does make sense. At least the first part. “Okay, I can accept that our brains are wired different, but has it occurred to you that this may not be a closed circuit but instead like a—an… antenna? Actually connecting us to the divine? And when we pray, we are strengthening the antenna as we broadcast and receive.”

Flavia looks at her strangely. “Okay, that’s halfway sensible. If you please put that hypothesis in the language of Information Theory, especially with a quantum field emphasis, you might get me to listen. But guess what. Your hypothesis is inherently untestable. That is the problem with what you are saying. Yes, experiments always need to be reproduced, or what? Or it is all nonsense. It is whatever you want to say the world is and there is no foundation, no underlying truth. Just feelings. And what is the point of talking about feelings? They are ultimately subjective. They cannot be shared. I mean, we use language and all kinds of art forms to try, but no. You cannot truly share an experience like two computers share files. So what you are talking about is the ultimate subjective experience. The one that is between you and whatever private biological interface you are having with the world around you. It is not the infinite. It is the opposite. The isolated number. The more you talk of god the further you get from the world around you and the more you sink into yourself. And please, Maahjabeen. Do not tell me about the wonders of religion. There is a reason it has fallen out of favor in more and more of the world. It is because the wrong people do the wrong things with it. The reason we need science at all is because there are so many people with bad intentions who try to tell us the world is ruled by their god. Science says no. It is like the laws in a government. We need to understand and all agree that the world works in a certain way or guess what? We get insane religious wars again about who goes to heaven and who does not. No. I do not hear any voices or music in the wind. I hear water on water. I only see light. Ai ai ai. Do not make me question your intelligence. You are too nice for that.” And with a somewhat disgusted shake of her head, Flavia breaks away from Maahjabeen and retreats out of the cave back into the dark tunnels leading to the sub.